Home

Oracle® Hospitality Suite8

1. E MYCENTRAL ECOMMERCE PRODUCTS NEWS by E i ECOMMERCE MICROS Fidelio in the Finandal Accounts November 2011 edition of ake full advantage ofthe Internet HOTELS gt as a powerful marketing channel for 04 11 2011 Customer Relation your hotel At MICROS eCommerce Front Desk A AN E Services our mission is to e die Tog anticipate all of the key sites that San nee gt Meeting Planner ADP N Lo your customers use to find and EE Cashiering daa book accommodation on the Web and determine where you need to Welcome to the world of mobile be to grow your hotel business RSS FEEDS Misc ordering Put your offer online and online a Favourites No ofrms 137 Rms to sell 137 Exparr 5 Actarr 9 Arrrms 1 Expdep 2 Actdep 2 Walkins 1 Dayrms 3 Room move 2 Same day 0 Currocc 21 Currocc 15 33 AvgRate 67 23 AvgRev 53 24 Aviton 113 Web Services Allot 0 Groups 11 Grp Allot 0 Ind 13 Inhton 24 D 3 Select any other menu option to exit the web site Web Services 947 How to add a new link 1 Open WINDOWS EXPLORER and locate the Suite 8 HTML directory 2 Search for the text file wEBSERVICES TXT 3 Right click on the file and select OPEN from the short cut menu Any shortcuts already defined are displayed E webservices txt Notepad File Edit Format View Help Fidelio v amp info bmp www v8 myfidelio net login asp Micros com info bmp www micros com 4 Enter the name of the web link as
2. O Cancel 4 Click the New BINARY button the Create Binary Report dialog box is displayed Reports 8 9 10 Locate the directory with the required cube report 11 Select the cube definition file and click OPEN R Create Binary Report Report Name Confirmation Do you want to load the cube definition Click Yes to load the cube definition In the REPORT NAME box enter the name of the report Click OK the Report Edit dialog box is displayed with the Report File tab selected and the report DESCRIPTION completed Click the EDIT button A confirmation message is displayed The Select Cube Definition file dialog box is displayed 137 Organize Computer Local Disk1 W7 C Fidelio NewReports CubeReports Mew folder Mame FCR_CRM_2201_PROFILE_STATS_IND xml FCR_CRM_2202 PROFILE STATS COMPA FCR CRM 2203 PROFILE STATS IND PO FCR PMS 4300 PACKAGEFORECAST xml FCR PMS 4570 REVENUE GROSS NET L FCR PMS 4700 STAT COMPANY PROC FCR PMS 4701 STAT AGENT PROC ME FCR PM5 4702 STAT SOURCE PROC Mir FCR PMS 4710 XCMA HISTFOR xml FCR PMS 4720 SOURCE HISTFOR xml FCR PMS 4730 XCMM HISTFOR xml FCR PMS 4750 COMPANY HISTFOR xmI FCR PMS 4751 XCMS TRAVEL HISTFOR FCR PMS 4752 XCMS SOURCE HISTFOR FCR PMS 4760 CHANNEL HISTFOR xml File name Date modified 14 03 11 12 17 AM 14 03 11 12 17 AM 14 03 11 12 17 AM 14 03 11 12 22 AM 14 03 11 12 25 AM 14 03 11
3. laMaintenanceunresolve tlogactivity lavalue 371 name dbname table WACT group lang Unresolved lagMaintenance laMaintenancenew tlogactivity lavalue 372 name lang New dbname table WACT group lagMaintenance laMaintenancedelete tlogactivity lavalue 373 name lang Delete dbname table WACT group lagMaintenance laMaintenanceupdate tlogactivity lavalue 374 name langy Update dbname table WACT group lagMaintenance Table Reservations laf ableReservationNew tlogactivity lavalue 375 name lang New dbname table RRES group lag TableReservation lal ableReservationUpdate tlogactivity lavalue 376 name dbname table RRES group lang Update lagTableReservation laTableReservationCancel tlogactivity lavalue 377 name lang Cancel dbname table RRES group lagTableReservation laTableReservationReinstate tlogactivity lavalue 425 name dbname table RRES group lang Reinstate lag TableReservation Security lalnvalidLoginAttempt tlogactivity lavalue 380 name lang Invalid Login dbname table SEC group Attempt lagSecurity laAttemtToAccesProtectedArea tlogactivity lavalue 381 name lang Attempt to dbname table SEC group Acces Protected Area lagSecurity Credit Card laCreditcardNew tlogactivity lavalue 382 name lang New Credi
4. tlogactivity lavalue 455 name lang Avl limit Delete tlogactivity lavalue 450 name lang Confirmation Letter has ben entered tlogactivity lavalue 452 name lang Confirmation Letter Control Letter is approved Customer Management laChgProfileDeleteAddress laChgProfileNew Communication laChgProfileChange Communication laChgProfileDelete Communication laChgProfileNewMarketing Info laChgProfileDelete MarketingInfo Appendix tlogactivity lavalue Last Name 218 name lang Profile tlogactivity lavalue First Name 265 name lang Profile tlogactivity lavalue Credit Status 266 name lang Profile tlogactivity lavalue address 267 name lang Profile new tlogactivity lavalue address change 268 name lang Profile tlogactivity lavalue address delete 269 name lang Profile tlogactivity lavalue communication 270 name lang Profile new tlogactivity lavalue 271 name lang Profile communication change tlogactivity lavalue 272 name lang Profile communication delete tlogactivity lavalue 219 name lang Profile new marketing info tlogactivity lavalue 220 name lang Profile marketing info delete dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation
5. Out of Order Rooms 2 Walk in Rooms 9 Click Save the budget entries are updated to the grid on the right hand side of the screen Budget 227 228 Es Budget Lee ex 18 Time Interval Data Days to show From 06 11 2011 a 06 11 2011 oe O All days No ofdays 8 kl Save ae de No ofdays 8 e Budget Days to skip 1 3 to Ban gt Oger ta Bron gt Green O oree art OPavofmnth 1 E Number of Adults Number of Children 20 i 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 Occupied Rooms 60 6820 6920 7020 7120 7220 7320 7420 Total Rooms of Hotel 136 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 A 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 aa 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 ee 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 elf lala Arrival Children 60 120 180 240 300 360 420 Departure Adults 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 Departure Children 136 272 408 544 680 816 952 Total Gross Revenue 136 277 ANR 544 ARN R16 as Tntal Banme nf Hntel in vaar Total Net Revenue 4 Complimentary Rooms i House Use Rooms Labels Reset view abel Total Beds of Hotel 100 Repeating Guests Ar 20 Reservations created 60 Reservations canceled 40 Arrival Adults Tomor Departure Adults To 20 Arrival Rooms Tamar ja 0 06 11 11 06 11 11 06 11 11 06 11 11 06 11 11 06 11 11 06 11 11 06 11 11 10 Click the at the top of the screen to close the budget screen Note To clear all the values click the CLEAR button Budget Vi
6. The default directory for the location of new reports is defined via the option DEFAULT NEW REPORT DIRECTORY under Setup Configuration Global Settings Reports Reports tab Synchronizing report files is controlled by the user right SYNCHRONISE under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Reports Binary Reports Report Usage This option is used to list the reports that use the selected report file and is accessible via the REPORT FILES option on the Reports screen How to view report usage 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed Click REPORT FILES to display the Report Configuration dialog box Select the required Crystal report file 4 Click the REPORT USAGE button The Report Usage screen is displayed listing all the reports that use the selected report file Reports R Report Usage E FCR ALL 1910 LOST FOUND rpt FCR ALL 1910 LOST FOUND rpt Lost amp Found Items Lost amp Found Items 5 Click CLOSE to close the screen 6 Click CLOSE to close the Report Configuration screen Email Confirmation Letters Reservation correspondence can be sent via email the email can also be printed and is saved using a specially defined email template Email printing functionality requires the following setup A report section defined with the section role EMAIL TEMPLATES An email template using the
7. ee ee 203 Telephone BOORh ee se ke 203 Wake Up Calls cooocccoccccccnncconnno 203 Internal Editor Check report section 109 Codes in version 6 8 7 esse sesse see 129 Create NOW form ccoo 109 Create report section 109 Crystal FUNCTIONS ee ee ek 131 Editing a template iese sk ee 124 Empty or duplicate pages when printing a large fOHO ee 124 Folio reference number for Finalnd 124 Formatting reDOIS ees se se ee 122 ENCISO 131 Grouping text ek ek ie 122 Menu bar htt Pe ee da ie ee tii 116 Suppressing fields from a report 122 301 302 K Key Card Interface ooocccoonicconicconnono 213 L LOOQQING 014 MA 9 Ee 21311818 Maa 9 Logging out Back Office EXDOF ees ese see sees se ee see 45 Budget Manager ReDOF ee se sk ee 225 FIEVERUE ie EES RE Ee DE eo enn 229 Calendar EVel S sossarna see ee 177 Change Password iese ese ee ee 193 EOOD EE carr vai 253 External Applications 223 Interface FunCHONS eek sk ee 203 NIOM FUGUE cia EER RE RS EE N ees 27 Night Audit Log File 249 ale RE EENE 53 Displaying ON screen 72 Soli US 59 A EE RR EE DE ER Nee 59 droe IU EERDER DERS DER ir 53 Today s AclivilieS esse se se se ks 245 User Log FIC venian 249 User Seting S eraann 197 Logs EMA LOG rr 257 Bied Bee OE OR ss
8. 3 Select Yes to delete the report section Sections and sub sections dialog box Field Definition begat Values The short description for the section or sub Up to 3 section alphanumeric values Description The long description of the section or subsection Up to 30 alphanumeric characters Reports Section Role The role of the section defines where in the Select from module the print out is possible list box Source Type Defines the type of report Select from CRYSTAL REPORTS Crystal Report files RPT list box TEXT FORMAT TEMPLATE Forms created using the Internal Editor Functionality RTF OLAP Cube An Olap structure created from the operational data Olap is an acronym for Online analytical processing Olap takes a snapshot of a relational database and restructures it into dimensional data The queries can then be run against this HTML REPORT reports written in HTML Security level Defines the security level for the report section Select from list box Hotel Defines if a specific hotel segment is assigned to Select from segment the report section This may be used for list box example on confirmation letters to only display letters assigned to the corresponding hotel segment Print Job Defines the print job The print job has to match Select from the type of reports forms and templates that will list box be printed Hotel segmentation functionality is controlled by the parameter HOTEL
9. If you are running on Windows XP take the driver from the win2000 folder 2 The Printer Port needs to be COM1 2 EPSON TM U300B Partial cut Properties 21x General Sharing Ports Advanced Device Settings EPSON TM U3008B Partial cut Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port LI LPT1 Printer Port Lexmark 2390 Plus HP Offic O LPT2 Printer Port O LPT3 Printer Port C COM2 Serial Port CL COM3 Serial Port LJ COM4 Serial Port M COM1 Serial Port EPSON TM U3008 Partial cut vl Add Port Delete Port Configure Port Enable bidirectional support Enable printer pooling After successful installation of the printer the port configuration needs to be modified 3 Click CONFIGURE PORT the Port Settings dialog box is displayed 240 Luggage COMI Properties Port Settings Bits per second Data bits Parity Stop bits How control 4 Change BITS PER SECOND to 4800 5 Change FLOW CONTROL to Hardware 6 Set DIP switch No 7 to ON by default it is set to OFF Note The standard EPSON printers normally use 9600 bits per second leaving the buffer size could result in overflow causing errors when printing receipts By turning the DIP switches ON or OFF the transmission speed has to be changed on the printer to 4800 On the EPSON TM U300B this is DIP switch No 7 The report to be used for printing luggag
10. The report is displayed in graphical format Complete the report criteria and select the calculations to be included in the Report Procedures Se Rows 1 305 8 3B Germany Carl Zeiss Strasse 15 81837 Munich 2 732 83 Avaya Strate der Feuerwehr 5 04579 Espenhain 6 308 86 Bailly Shoes 115 Rue des Montagnes 31256 Geneva 1 363 Coca Cola Inc 1334 Avenue of the Americas 3rd Floor 11333 New York 13 102 28 European Central Bank 3 636 28 Fiat Motor Company S A 7 654 87 Fischer Export amp Import Salzufer 1 10587 Berlin 157 Hewlett Packard 2 HP Avenue 78293 Houston 4 339 IBM Deutschland GmbH Pascalstrasse 100 70569 Stuttgart 23 56 MICROS FIDELIO GmbH Europadamm 4 6 41460 Neuss 14 249 55 MICROS Fidelio GmbH Franklinstr 14 10587 Berlin 3 988 44 Microsoft Corporation 10260 SW Greenburg Rd Suite 600 97223 5500 Portland 2 791 91 Microsoft France SARL 18 Avenue du Quebec Zone de Courtaboeuf 91957 Les Ulis Cedex 1 047 Minolta UK Ltd Precedent Drive Rooksley MK13 8HF Milton Keynes III 65 955 331 No Name Company Seestr 12 13349 Berlin 3 600 Rohmann EXE 11 694 31 Schmidt amp Partner GmbH Budapester Str 99 10787 Berlin gt sissi EI EE E E gt 3 AAA E E E x rmany Carl Zeiss Strasse 15 81837 Munich No Name Company Seestr 12 13349 Berlin Legend V Marks M 6 Rows and columns can be selected to be displayed in a graphical format expand the Rows option and s
11. Click New BINARY Enter the REPORT NAME Click OK Click EDIT Reports 8 Answer the questions Do you want to load Cube definition with No Confirmation Do you want to load the cube definition The Cube Designer Screen is opened El Cube Designer Cube Fact Data Query Run parameters Ta Name M Delete Caption A Data type up Down re trans How to load an existing Cube Definition 1 Click on REPORTS on the Miscellaneous drop down menu Miscellaneous Toolbar or use the quick key CTRL SHIFT R Answer the questions Do you want to load Cube definition with Yes 2 Select the newly created or valid section for the Olap Cube for example Statistics 3 Click NEW 4 Click New BINARY 5 Enter the REPORT NAME 6 Click OK 7 Click EDIT 8 9 Select the Cube definition file from path The Cube Viewer screen is displayed Reports 135 How to run a Cube Report 1 From the Cube Viewer Screen select Run 2 Enter the RUN PARAMETERS such as date 3 Click the EXECUTE button Sections and sub sections dialog box Field Definiti n_ beg Values The short description for the section or sub Up to 3 section alphanumeric values Description The long description of the section or subsection Up to 30 alphanumeric characters Section role The role of the section defines where in the Select from module the print out is possible list box Source type De
12. Validate Select this option to validate reservations of the selected contract reservations Post yearly fee Select this option to post the yearly fee for the selected year on the selected for selected contract year Post yearly fee Select this option to post the yearly fee for following year on the for next year selected contract Confirmation Select this option to generate the confirmation letter for the letter for this selected contract for the selected year year Confirmation letter Select this option to generate the confirmation letter for the for next year selected contract for the next year Show account Select this option to view the A R account of the selected vacation sharing contract Log Select this option to view the log of the selected vacation sharing contract Vacation Sharing is subject to the license VACATION SHARING under Setup Miscellaneous License Vacation Sharing can only be used in conjunction with an Accounts Receivable License Vacation Sharing functionality is controlled by the user rights under VACATION SHARING under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights 280 Vacation Sharing 23 Appendix Appendix A WLOG File Detailed in the tables which follow are all the possible log types which are stored in the table WLOG This information may be useful for people creating reports The field WLOG_TYPE contains a number which is linked to the lavalue xxx
13. if Or ADR CITY Bremen ADR CITY Hamburg North Not North if statement with and condition Example if AND ADR CITY Hamburg NAM LASTNAME von Beust Major of Hamburg Not Major of Hamburg Example of using the NumToStr function The function NUMTOSTR can either read the precise decimals defined under Setup Configuration Cashiering Currencies for the selected currency under Global Settings Billing Currency 4 tab or a number of decimals can be entered The following example will show the number of decimals 3 and ignore the decimal settings on the currency defined under Global Settings Billing Currency 4 tab Reports 119 Example NumToStr RES CONF_RATE 3 The following example will take the decimals defined under Setup Configuration Cashiering Currencies for the currency entered under Global Settings Billing Currency 4 tab Example NumToStr RES CONF_RATE Parameters Parameters starting with CONF are used to return internally assigned values to the confirmation letter such as ADDRESS ID RESERVATION ID Or CONTACT ADDRESS ID Parameters starting with SP_ return user hotel and run time data to the letter such as the USER NAME PROPERTY NAME Or ADDRESS Fields There are two types of fields Standard fields from the fixed data sources these have been defined to make the creation of confirmation letters easier These fields return infor
14. Forecasting Find prev C Next 7 Method simple moving average The Dimension editor screen is divided into two sections The Active Items unsorted The Repository inactive items 4 For an explanation of the dimension editor options see the table below Dimension editor dialog box Field Button Enable prev forecast Previously created forecast values will be included value Enable next forecast To generate a new forecast value All Visible Marks all dimensions as visible All Invisible Marks all dimensions as not visible All Filtered Sets all dimensions to filtered state Circle Shift Circles shift of dimension state from ALL VISIBLE to ALL INVISIBLE to ALL FILTERED and vice versa Add Group Adds a new group Items can be place in the new group by using drag drop Delete Group Deletes the selected group Exp Collapse Expands or collapses the tree notes Reports 141 Measure Manager 29 Measure Manager Icon The Measure Manager allows changing the measures of the Report Procedure or Report Cube and creating calculated measures How to change measure manager options 1 Click the Measure Manager Icon 21 to display the Measure Manager dialog box R Measure manager Display caption Value Wwe Percents by ROW Percents by COLUMN Value representation Rank Column Value Cell Rank Row Operation Difference with previous Column Difference with previous Row Filters Sum with previou
15. PARAMETER The following statements can be used to verify the function select chr 228 gt nANSII code for 7 chr 132 gt ASCII code for 7 from dual select ASCII n from dual gt Return is 228 ANSI select ASCII SELECT CONVERT n WE8PC850 FROM DUAL from dual gt Return is 132 ASCII code for the character 1 select ASCII SELECT CONVERT n WESDEC WE8PC850 Conversion FROM DUAL FROM DUAL Return is 132 for n ASCII Export Export Options available on the export screen RUN MARKED to run the selected export procedures NEW to create a new export procedure EDIT to edit an existing export procedure DELETE to delete the selected export procedure UP DOWN to change the order of the export procedures SELECT BATCH selects all procedures with the same batch file name SELECT BATCH ONLY selects all procedures with the same batch file name and unselects all other procedures SELECT ALL to select all the export procedures SELECT NONE clears the selection of export procedures INVERT SELECTION reverses the selection of procedures If the export functionality is used to export files for a back office interface a valid license code has to be entered for BACK OFFICE IFC under Setup Miscellaneous License V8 sublicenses Property management If the export functionality is used to export files for a back office interface the department codes for the
16. Rooms to rent less definite and tentative reservations Maximum Availability Displays the maximum number of rooms that the hotel can sell Rooms to rent less definite reservations Def occupied Displays the number of definite reservations Def Tent occupied Displays the number of definite and tentative reservations No availability figures are displayed Favourite buttons on top Defines if the favourites tab located on the left of the main screen is displayed at the top of the tab list Store Hotel Segmentation Defines if the hotel segmentation preferences are preferences stored per user If activated the selected hotel segment view will be displayed the next time this user opens one of the quick keys with hotel segmentation such as House Status Ctrl H Availability Ctrl D or Room Rack Ctrl L 198 User Settings Profile User Settings Option Definition OOOO O Confirm Change of Defines if a confirmation message is displayed each Primary Contact time the primary contact on the profile is changed Default Report Export Enter the path of the export directory for all reports Directory exported by this user Folio editor executable Enter the path and application for the folio editor for this user For all users which are allowed to edit and change folios an application has to be entered Click on mm to select the path and application Disable html on profile Select this option to disable the HTML
17. group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group Appendix laChgBookFollowUpDate tlogactivity lavalue 80 name lang Booking Conference Follow up Date laChgBookCutOffDate tlogactivity lavalue 81 name Ilang Booking Conference Cutoff Date laChgBooklnfoBoard tlogactivity lavalue 82 name lang Booking Conference Info board laChgBookBaseCurrency tlogactivity lavalue 83 name lang Booking Conference Currency laChgBookDetailsOk tlogactivity lavalue 84 name lang Booking Conference Details Confirmed laChgBookBeoDistributed tlogactivity lavalue 85 name lang Booking Conference FS Distributed laChgBookFunctionType tlogactivity lavalue 86 name lang Booking Conference Function Type laChgRoomsStatus tlogactivity lavalue 100 name lang Booking Rooms Status laChgRoomsManager tlogactivity lavalue 101 name lang Booking Rooms Mgr llaChgBlockCode tlogactivity lavalue 229 name lang Booking Block Name llaChgBlockRAteCode tlogactivity lavalue 88 name lang Block rate code llaChgBookBlockElastic tlogactivity lavalue 93 name lang Block elastic llaChgBookBackToHouse tlogactivity lavalue 94 name lang Back to house llaChgBookBIkCutOffDate t
18. group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group laChgResShareType tlogactivity lavalue 103 name lang Reservation share type dbname table YRES group lagReservation laChgResDefPaymentMethod tlogactivity lavalue 202 name lang Reservation default payment method dbname table YRES group lagReservation A 4 Y lt y ar O 2 v Appendix 281 282 laChgResPolicy laChgResAmenityCycle laChgResParty laChgResCreditLimit laChgResFolioStyle laChgResDesiredRoom laChgResDesiredRoomT ype laChgResAllowanceZfacld laChgResSaleDate laChgResTaxExemption laChgResLockRoom laChgResManualMealplan laChgResNoofroom laChgResAdultNo laChgResRoomType laChgResRoom laChgResRateCode laChgResRateRoomType laChgResChildNo laChgResAttribute laChgResGroup laChgResBlock laChgResMarket laChgResSource laChgResChannel laChgResSharing laChgResratedifference laChgResratediscount tlogactivity lavalue 346 name lang Reservation policy tlogactivity lavalue 347 name lang Reservation amenity cycle tlogactivity lavalue 350 name lang Reservation party link tlogactivity lavalue 362 name lang Reservation credit limit tlogactivity lavalue 369 name lang Reservation default f
19. group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group Appendix difference laChgResforeign manualrateamount laChoReslsManual RateAmount laChgResReinstatedwithclone ordenied tlogactivity lavalue 25 name lang Reservation rate amount tlogactivity lavalue 26 name lang Reservation manual rate amount tlogactivity lavalue 27 name lang Reservation foreign rate amount tlogactivity lavalue 28 name lang Reservation foreign rate difference tlogactivity lavalue 29 name lang Reservation foreign manual rate amount tlogactivity lavalue 30 name lang Reservation is manual rate amount tlogactivity lavalue 348 name lang Reservation is reinstated by creating add on tlogactivity lavalue 349 name lang Reservation is created to reinstate tlogactivity lavalue 364 name lang Reservation is moved to Q rooms tlogactivity lavalue 365 name lang Reservation is moved from Q rooms tlogactivity lavalue 453 name lang New avl limit tlogactivity lavalue 454 name lang Avl limit Update
20. ri Arrivals today sorted by Confirmation Number t up Matrix Reports Arrivals today by Group sorted by Room Down Text Editor Reports Billing Types Miscellaneous Cancellation Reinstate Reasons At the top of the screen there is a TEXT SEARCH option The remainder of the reports screen is divided into 2 areas On the left hand side is the tree structure where reports are grouped by user definable sections On the right hand side reports are listed according to the section selected by default all reports are listed 2 To exit the Reports screen click CLOSE ALL on the WINDOWS menu or press F10 How to search for a report 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R Alternatively click the REPORTS icon from the coloured miscellaneous toolbar The Reports screen is displayed 2 The ALL REPORTS section is selected by default in the reports tree view select a specific report section if required Reports 53 54 3 In the TEXT SEARCH box enter the report name to search for The search is performed as the letters are entered into the TExT SEARCH box and locates all reports which have the entered text somewhere in the report description 4 To exit the Reports screen click CLOSE ALL on the WINDOWS menu or press F10 Options available on the reports screen NEW to create a new report EDIT to edit an existing report DELETE to delete a report EXECUTE to
21. 1 Total Page No 1 Zoom Factor 100 6 The following options are available on the Preview screen PRINT to print the report Reports 73 74 7 EDIT to export the report SETUP to access the printer setup FIRST PREV NEXT and LAST to navigate through the pages of the report ZOOM three zoom options are available to adjust the size of the report display Click CANCEL to exit the report preview screen How to print a report ll Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed Search for and locate the report to be printed Click the EXECUTE button to display the execute print dialog box for the selected report The print dialog box consists of two screens each one represented by a tab PARAMETERS opened by default this displays the parameters defined on the report definition EXPORT displays the export options Es Arrivals today short sorted by Parameters Export Sortby Mame Induding checked in 4 Complete the report parameters 5 Enter the number of Copies required 6 Click PRINT to print the report How to export a report 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed Search for and locate the report to be exported Click the EXECUTE button to display the print dialog box for the selected report The print
22. 136 Load existing cube definition 133 Map BUGOT sk aaa 136 Measure Manager iese es ee 136 New cube reDOFF ee ek ek ee 133 O1lap GUDCS EE aga aes 133 Run a cube repott nnmnnnenna 133 Cube Viewer EE ee ee 133 136 D Date field Changing a date using the calendar 19 Typing a new date e 19 E 24 Index EM ANALOG PINANI A RE 257 ENOL LOOS Es ha ta ila Renae 253 Error message with lookup queries 96 Export Converting data for export 45 Creating a new definition 45 RUNNING manually ee ek Ee 45 Export Functionality ie se sk ee 45 Export to OUHOOK ees esse see ee ee ee 243 External Applications iese ee 223 F Finnish folio reference number 124 G Global EO AAA 249 Group Wake Up CallS 211 Guest Interface Rights 204 H HTML Change the HTML display 14 Collapse HTML Tree ese sees see see ee 14 Expand HTML Tree ees sesse ese se sees see 14 View HTML display esse see sees ees sees se 14 HTML VieW ees ee ee ee ee ee ee ee se ee se ee ee ee ee 14 I INLENACE FUNCHONS esse ita 203 Group Wake Up 203 211 Guest Rights eesa 203 204 Interface Posting History 203 ES 203 213 Keys prior to CheCK IN
23. 213 name lang FA dbname table FAC group Reinstated lagFinancialAccounts laFACreate tlogactivity lavalue 214 name lang FA Create dbname table ZFAC group lagFinancialAccounts laFACheckin tlogactivity lavalue 215 name lang FA Check in dbname table ZFAC group lagFinancialAccounts laFACheckout tlogactivity lavalue 216 name lang FA Check dbname table ZFAC group out lagFinancialAccounts laFAEdit tlogactivity lavalue 217 name lang FA Edit dbname table FAC group lagFinancialAccounts laFACreditLimitChange tlogactivity lavalue 363 name lang FA Credit Limit dbname table ZFAC group Change lagFinancialAccounts Accounts Receivable laARAccountCreate tlogactivity lavalue 352 name lang AR Account Create gt table AACC group laARAccountEdit tlogactivity lavalue 353 name lang AR Account Edit table AACC group laARAccountActivate tlogactivity lavalue 354 name lang AR Account Activate AACC group laARAccountDeactivate tlogactivity lavalue 355 name lang AR Account gt table AACC group Deactivate laARAccountDelete tlogactivity lavalue 356 name lang AR Account Delete gt table AACC group laARInvoiceNew tlogactivity lavalue 357 name lang AR Invoice Create gt table AINV group laARInvoiceAdj
24. 30 96 9 307 20 9 307 20 5 Select the ADVANCED check box E Print bel Export 3 7 Advanced 6 Click the Map Builder icon B on the upper left corner to display the Map Builder screen Here you can adjust the rows columns and dimensions of the report Report Procedures 169 Map builder Rows om Lx Company i Lx Revenue Type E b Columns i i Date EL Dimensions Value Lx Country vee Lx Master N t Disabled Dimensions For example you could move COUNTRY from the Dimension section to the Column section 7 Click OK the report still shows company statistics per company by date but that data is now further split by country 170 Report Procedures E Company Statistic Show measures 2 Show empty rows columns a tlh ES d Date Country 7 Show subtotals 9 Show grand total Ze Value n Compary Revenue Type p 38 Germany Car eiss Strasse 15 81837 Munich p Avaya Strale der Feuerwehr 5 04579 Espenhain p Bailly Shoes 115 Aue des Montagnes 31256 Geneva p Coca Cola Ine 1334 Avenue af the Americas ard Floor 11333 New York p European Central Bank p Fiat Motor Company 5 4 p Fischer Export amp Import Salzuter 1 10587 Berlin zr Hewlett Packard 2 HP Avenue 78293 Houston r IBM Deutschland GmbH Pascalstrasse 100 FO569 Stuttgart r MICROS FIDELIO GmbH Europadamm 4 6 41460 Neuss r MICROS Fidelio GmbH Franklinstr 14 105
25. HTML is the abbreviation for Hypertext Markup Language This is the system of marking a document so it can be published on the World Wide Web and viewed with a browser The main areas where information can be viewed in HTML format are as follows Reservation Navigator Blocks Profiles Cashiering Tasks and Activities Events Conference Reservation The HTML display on the reservation navigator can be hidden so that the reservation grid is expanded Double click in the blue reservation header bar or right click and select deselect LOWER PART OF THE SCREEN from the short cut menu to view or hide the HTML display This setting is stored per user and remains until the next time it is changed aust ara v Lower part of the screen Name First Introduction Expand the HTML tree Click the expand icon LES to show all available folders E di Aceti Seon Profile Details E AD Address E Standard Address Communication E ks Email Business Direct Task j pee 27 02 12 Birthday in 1 week AT M 30 01 11 Res Rate Code changed AT E Notes iY Billing Notes Pe a Reservations as Guest Th Block Reservations E Group Reservations er C Bookings RA History as Guest E 24 01 11 2 54 09 PM B E Details bo Room Type i z Market Code bo Source Code bo Channel Code bo user defined attributes dl Linked profiles Company A Fixed Charges Collapse the HTML tree A 111 Click the
26. SP_HOTELTELEFON SP_HOTELTELEFON SP_HOTELWEB sP HOTELWEB SP HOTELZIPCODE SP_HOTELZIPCODE SP_LANGID SP_LANGID SP_LETTERUSER SP_LETTERUSER SP_PRINTUSER SP PRINTUSER SP REPORT LANGUAGE SP REPORT LANGUAGE SP USER ID SP USER ID Parameters Properties Name SP HOTELADDRESS v Caption SP_HOTELADDRESS Data type String y ele 3 Vo ch Import Era The Suite8 Internal Editor is used to configure various forms and reports and is accessible via the option REPORTS on the Miscellaneous menu The choice of editor is defined in the configuration and is dependant upon user preference and the available applications the editor types available are Internal editor offers full functionality of all codes and fields and can be used for all applications Recommended MS Word 2000 text editor with word 2000 functionality MS Word 97 text editor with word 97 functionality Users can easily create forms and reports by writing text blocks and inserting fields formulas and functions that retrieve the corresponding information from the relevant profile reservation invoice or accounts receivable account Additionally experienced users can define their own queries and fields The Internal Editor is used to configure forms for Cashier reports Messages and registration cards Mailings activities or special reports Reports and shift reports Individual and group confirmation lette
27. Standard Menu Revenue Split tlogactivity lavalue 247 name lang Standard Menu Revenue Split Price tlogactivity lavalue 248 name lang Standard Menu Notes Resources Menus Items laChgEventSMltem laChgEventSMIDelete laChgEventSMIPrice laChgEventSMIIncl tlogactivity lavalue 274 name lang Menu Item New tlogactivity lavalue 275 name lang Menu Item Delete tlogactivity lavalue 276 name lang Menu Item Price tlogactivity lavalue 277 name lang Menu Item Incl in Menu dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YE
28. dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table WLIC group lagMiscLicense dbname table WLIC group lagMiscLicense dbname table WLIC group lagMiscLicense dbname table WLIC group lagMiscLicense dbname table WLIC group lagMiscLicense 293 laMiscLicenseDelete Activity laActNew laActCompany laActContact laActCommunication laActRespEmployee laActAssignedEmployee laActType laActDescription laActAllDay laActStartDate laActStartTime laActEndDate laActEndTime laActShowAs laActPrivate laActReminder laActDateCompleted laActCopy laActDelete laActNotes laActMove Task laTaskNew laTaskCompany laTaskContact license deleted tlogactivity lavalue tlogactivity lavalue Company tlogactivity lavalue tlogactivity lavalue Communication tlogactivity lavalue Employee tlogactivity lavalue Employee tlogactivity lavalue tlogactivity lavalue Description tlogactivity lavalue event tlogactivity lavalue Date tlogactivity lavalue Time tlogactivity lavalue Date tlogactivity lavalue Time tlogactivity lavalue tlogactivity lavalue tlogactivity lavalue Remi
29. jobs are Confirmation Letters Guest Bills A R Statement and Cashier Reports Click SAVE to add the new report section sub section How to access an internal editor report 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed Search for and locate the required report Click the EDIT button The Report Edit screen is displayed divided into two sections each one represented by a tab Report opened by default this displays general report information Report File displays information about the report parameters 111 Confirmation Company English ED Last printed 12 12 11 6 06 22 PM Number of printouts 9 Confirmation Company English ED Average duration seconds 0 FCR PMS 8550 CONF 501 ENG RTF 12 12 11 6 06 22 PM Demonstration St A 12 12 11 6 06 22 PM Demonstration St Number of copies on primary printer 1 16 11 11 6 52 06 PM Demonstration St EE 16 11 11 6 52 06 PM Demonstration St Number of copies on secondary printer 0 07 11 11 9 47 01 AM Demonstration St 07 11 11 9 47 01 AM Demonstration Si Night audit options 07 11 11 9 46 53 AM Demonstration Si 07 11 11 9 46 53 AM Demonstration Si 03 10 11 9 25 23 PM Demonstration St E Language selection on run Language Security level External ID E Auto attach ICS Calendar file Report information E Invisible C Prompt system parameter on run FCR PMS 8
30. lagMaterialControl laMenultemCategoryChgFB tlogactivity lavalue 414 name lang Menu Item dbname table YCMC group Category Food or Beverage lagMaterialControl laMenultemNew tlogactivity lavalue 415 name lang New Menu dbname table YCMI group Item lagMaterialControl laMenultemChgCategoryld tlogactivity lavalue 416 name lang Menu Item dbname table YCMI group Category ld lagMaterialControl laMenultemChgLongDesc tlogactivity lavalue 417 name lang Menu Item dbname table YCMI group Long Description lagMaterialControl laMenultemChglnactive tlogactivity lavalue 418 name lang Menu Item dbname table YCMI group Inactive lagMaterialControl laMenultem RateNew tlogactivity lavalue 419 name lang New Menu dbname table YCMR group Item Rate lagMaterialControl laMenultemRateDelete tlogactivity lavalue 420 name lang Menu Item dbname table YCMR group Rate Delete lagMaterialControl laMenultemRateChg tlogactivity lavalue 421 name lang Menu Item dbname table YCMR group SalesPrice Rate Sales Price lagMaterialControl laMenultemRateChg tlogactivity lavalue 422 name lang Menu Item dbname table YCMR group CostPrice Rate Cost Price lagMaterialControl Application and Users laV8Started tlogactivity lavalue 426 name lang V8 dbname table v8 group st
31. name lang Booking Linked dbname table YBOM group Profiles lagBooking Bookings Billing Instructions laNewBIBooking tlogactivity lavalue 104 name lang Billing Instruction dbname table YBOM group New lagBookingBI laChgBlBookingDelete tlogactivity lavalue 106 name lang Billing Instruction dbname table YBOM group Delete lagBookingBl laChgBIBookingFromDate tlogactivity lavalue 111 name lang Billing Instruction dbname table YBOM group From Date lagBookingBl laChgBIBookingToDate tlogactivity lavalue 330 name lang Billing Instruction dbname table YBOM group To Date lagBookingB laChgBlBookingDeptCode tlogactivity lavalue 331 name lang Billing Instruction dbname table YBOM group Department Codes lagBookingB laChgBlBookingCashFlag tlogactivity lavalue 332 name lang Billing Instruction dbname table YBOM group Cash lagBookingB llaChgBlBookingName tlogactivity lavalue 333 name lang Billing Instruction dbname table YBOM group Name lagBookingBl laChgBlBookingOtherName tlogactivity lavalue 329 name lang Billing Instruction dbname table YBOM group Other Name lagBookingBI laChgBIBooking Type tlogactivity lavalue 105 name lang Billing Instruction dbname table YBOM group Type lagBookingB laChgBIBookingPayment tlogactivi
32. press Alt letter to move the cursor into the appropriate box Shortcut keys Suite8 has shortcut keys that allow you to perform actions directly from the keyboard without having to use the mouse Using these keys saves you time 12 Introduction Suite8 Shortcut keys Moves the cursor from a data box to the first record on the grid Moves to the next box and confirms the entry Ctrl Shift Moves backward through tabs Tab Escape Cancels the current action Removes a Combo box before a selection has been made Moves the cursor to the beginning of a box Moves the cursor to the end of a box Using the blue drill down arrow Many boxes have a blue drill down arrow next them indicating that there is additional information that can be displayed Housekeeping Total Occupied Vacant Clean Rooms 57 1 56 Dirty Rooms 80 17 63 Total 18 119 Out of Order 0 0 o Out of Service 0 0 0 Rooms in Queue 0 For example on the House Status screen clicking the blue drill down arrow on the Out of Order line displays the Out of Order Rooms screen Introduction 13 Date From 01 03 2011 ia Refresh To 01 04 2011 x eat a EE copy Room Lock From Sell on Status Reason Remarks 500 28 03 11 18 04 11 000 HSK Housekeeping A Delete A Delete 501 28 03 11 18 04 11 000 HSK Housekeeping 502 28 03 11 18 04 11 000 HSK Housekeeping HTML View Suite8 offers the possibility to view information in HTML format
33. 23 Report Report File Description p Import Confirmation Letter e Export Feature 2 New ee CONF_ADDRGREET CONF_ADDRGREET a Name CONF ADDRGREET CONF_CONTACT_XCMS_ID CONF_CONTACT_XCMS_ID qe Calas CONF ADDRGREET CONF_GREETINGTYPE CONF_GREETINGTYPE CONF_LETTGREET CONF LETTGREET Data type String v CONF_WLAN_ID CONF_WLAN_ID Up CONF_XADR_ID CONF_XADR_ID Down CONF_XCMS_ID CONF_XCMS_ID CONF_XCOM_ID CONF_XCOM_ID CONF_YGRP_ID CONF_YGRP_ID CONF_YRES_ID CONF_YRES_ID SP_HOTELADDRESS SP_HOTELADDRESS SP_HOTELCITY SP_HOTELCITY SP_HOTELCOUNTRY SP_HOTELCOUNTRY SP_HOTELEMAIL SP_HOTELEMAIL SP_HOTELFAX SP_HOTELFAX SP_HOTELNAME SP_HOTELNAME SP_HOTELTELEFON SP_HOTELTELEFON SP_HOTELWEB SP_HOTELWEB SP_HOTELZIPCODE SP_HOTELZIPCODE SP_LANGID SP_LANGID SP_LETTERUSER SP_LETTERUSER SP_PRINTUSER SP_PRINTUSER SP_REPORT_LANGUAGE SP_REPORT_LANGUAGE SP_USER_ID SP_USER_ID Cancel 13 Click OK to close the Report Edit dialog box The report is now listed on the main reports screen How to import HTML Reports Report tab dialog box Field Definition 09090900 Report information Description The name of the report this is the name that is displayed on the report search screen Report name The name of the report file this is the name of the Crystal Report file RPT or the Internal Editor file RTF stored in the database Number of copies on Defines the number of copies to be printed from primary printer the first printer tray
34. 253 Translation Import Log 260 User Log Global LOG tc tt 249 Night Audit Log ooocoooooooo oo 249 Profile Sync LOG ee ee 249 Luggage Label i e ER RR ER 237 PUNTO Sel UD serranos ato ava aaa ee 240 M Manager Report Budget Changing the budget view 225 Daily Statistics Budget 225 MEA 136 Mass Settings Revenue Budget 229 Measure Managel iese sk ek ee ee 136 Creating calculated measures 148 Miscellaneous menu ee RR 10 N Navigation keys Accelerator KEYS iese se Ee Ee Ee EE se 12 QUIE Se N 17 QUICK KOVO ES 17 SPORCU KOY SES 12 NIORTAGGN iira leticia 27 Night audit reports cooocooccoonoo o 41 Preparation for night audlt 27 Setting the date ek ee 43 Night Audit LOG ke ER ER 249 O ENE 133 p Profile Sync LOG Ee ee ee 249 Profile User SetiNgS esse se ee 197 Q Questionnaire ccccoooncnnccooncnncnoononnonononnos 265 QUIERO Sarandi 17 R Report Procedures Company Statistics 161 FIOW TO DUM arier 161 Map 010110 51 AEA EE A 161 Measure management 161 PAOD AA a ee Oe Go 53 PCCOSSING Aaa 53 Add New repott nnnnnennnenna 59 Add new SeCHON ee Ee ee ek ee 59 Crystal FUNCTIONS ee ee ee ek 131 Delete report EE EER Ee EE Ee 59 Displaying ON SCre N eek se so 72 EOI
35. Ag 7 Source F AB Revenue Extra Revenue Select by Master Total Revenue Company Day Use Arrivals Parameters wf Pe s ki Show Average Figures Show only active profiles ersons E Group Blacks only E Individuals only N Ge Pee Filte E F amp B Rev per Person Country Extra Rev per Persori Zip Code From Total Rev per Person Min Total Revenue 0 Cancellations Mo Shows 3 Select the FROM DATE and To DATE by default the dates are from the first of the current month until the date before the current date 4 Select if the report is to be run for COMPANY AGENT or SOURCE profiles Select if the report is to SHOW AVERAGE FIGURES this option is not available if SHOW DETAILS is selected 6 Select SHOW ONLY ACTIVE PROFILES to display statistics for profiles with the status active if not selected then statistics for profiles with the status inactive will be included 7 Select GROUPS BLOCKS ONLY to display statistics only for profiles linked to a group or a block 8 Select INDIVIDUAL ONLY to display statistics only for profiles linked to an individual profile 9 If either GROUPS BLOCKS ONLY or INDIVIDUALS ONLY is selected then the option SHOW DETAILS can be selected statistics details are then displayed per group block or individual profile 10 In the Filter section select the required COUNTRIES ZIP CODE range and the MIN TOTAL REVENUE to be displayed 11 On the right hand side of the screen select the
36. Click Yes to delete the report Note A report which is linked to a DEFAULT EMAIL SUBJECT under Setup Configuration Miscellaneous Simple Custom Text cannot be deleted the message There are linked records Report can not be deleted is displayed Deleting a report is controlled by the user right DELETE under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Reports Copy or move a report The copy and move options may be used to copy or move an existing report and are accessible via a pop up menu on the reports screen How to copy or move a report 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed Search for and locate the report to be copied or moved Drag the report to the required section a pop up menu is displayed Copy Report Move Report Cancel 4 Select either Copy REPORT or MOVE REPORT Depending on the selection the report is either copied or moved to the selected section The copying or moving of a report to a different report section is controlled by the user right Copy oR Move under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Reports Executing a report This option is accessible via the EXECUTE option on the Reports screen and may be used to Display a report on screen Print a single report or multiple copies of a report Export a report to a file or to an application System paramete
37. DESCRIPTION for the report section sub section 5 Select a SECTION ROLE from the list of defined roles The section role has to match the type of reports forms and templates that will be contained in that section Some examples of section roles are Report Confirmation Letter Group Confirmation Letter Folio Layout Message Registration Card and AR Reminders 6 Select the required SOURCE TYPE Text Format Template to create or print reports written with the Internal Editor Crystal Report to create or print reports written with Crystal Reports Olap Cube to create or print Cube Reports HTML Report to create load or print an HTML Report 7 Select a PRINT JOB from the list of defined print jobs The print job has to match the type of reports forms and templates that will be printed Some examples of print jobs are Lists and Reports Confirmation Letters Guest Bills A R Statement and Cashier Reports 8 Click SAVE to add the new report section sub section How to delete a report section 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed On the left hand side of the screen the existing reports are grouped into user definable sections and sub sections 2 Point to any report section and right click to display the shortcut menu select DELETE Add E Edit Delete Translate A message to confirm the deletion is displayed Information Are you sure
38. DLL 11 2 0 1 217 088 2010 03 31 D loradel11 2 0 DATABASE bin A 08FC0000 oragenerici1 dll Crade RDBMS Generic Library 11 2 0 1 ER oo 2010 09 16 D orade 11 2 0 DATABASE bin A 05BF0000 oranidapii dll Grace SOL Net ORANLDAP DLL 11 2 0 1 311 296 2010 03 31 D orade 11 2 0 DATABASE bin Mos 50000 orancryptii dll Orade SOL Net ORANCRYPT DLL 11 2 0 1 118 784 2010 03 31 D Yorade111 2 0WDATABASEbin Aosceo000 orancdsii dll Oracle SOL Net ORANCDS DLL 11 2 0 1 7 680 2010 03 31 D pracde 11 2 0 DATABASE bin Aoscp0000 oraninsiidll Grade SQL Wet ORANTNS DLL 11 2 0 1 51 200 2010 03 31 D lorade 11 2 0 DATABASE bin AAA Laa i L Ol Fa aa EE A n eT rd a es N L iaa om mirn RE a id gt 4 Click Exit to close the EurekaLog Viewer Options available on the error log screen IFC Error Types displays errors only for the interfaces selected from the list of available interfaces Show errors only for this user displays errors only for the logged in user Show errors only for this terminal displays errors that occurred only on this workstation Show only unread displays only errors which have not been marked as read Mark as Read marks the selected error message as read Mark Unread marks the selected error message as unread Log Entries dialog box Field Definition O O Attn User The login name of the user logged in when the error occurred Attn Terminal The na
39. Defines that the list box will be displayed on the reservation edit screen under the tab ATTRIBUTES on the lower part for DAILY ATTRIBUTES Reservation Detail Copy to Defines that the attributes entered Reservation on the profile attribute category will be copied to the reservation The profile type and one of the other pages Reservation Detail First Page or Special Attribute page must be selected Defines that the list box will be displayed on the edit reservation screen s first page which is the RESERVATION tab Special Attribute Defines that the list box will be Page displayed on the edit reservation screen under the tab SPECIAL ATTR First Page Defines that the field is mandatory If no attribute is selected a validation error message will be displayed Mandatory Defines if the attribute is available on the multi guest profile page from the edit reservation dialog box when pressing the ATTRIBUTES button Multi guest Reports Reports Copy to multi Defines that the attributes linked to Check YES guest a guest or company profile will be Blank NO copied to the multi guest page attributes when the attribute is attached to a profile and this is linked to a reservation on the multi guest page A profile type has to be selected Financial Accounts Mandatory Defines that the field is mandatory Check YES If no attribute is selected a Blank NO validation error message will be displayed
40. EDIT under Setup gt Configuration Users User Definition Rights Miscellaneous Grid layout Customization Print functionality is controlled by the user right PRINT GRID under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Miscellaneous Customising the HTML display The HTML display may be customised according to the requirements of the property The customization options available when placing the cursor on the HTML display and right clicking are PRINT prints an exact copy of the HTML display The print page margins and the actions to take if the HTML printout is too large for the defined paper size can be defined in the configuration PRINT WITH SETUP displays the printer options and then print the HTML display VIEW SOURCE displays the HTML code no changes can be made s EDIT TEMPLATE WITH NOTEPAD opens the relevant htm and qry in notepad Users with HTML programming knowledge can edit these files to meet the requirements of the property EDIT TEMPLATE WITH ASSOCIATED APPLICATION opens the relevant htm and gry with the program associated with these file types Users with HTML programming knowledge can edit these files to meet the requirements of the property How to use HTML Expressions to customize the HTML display Properties can configure and store customised html files in the Version 8 directory for htm files The files are displayed in Suite8 either by logge
41. Enter the WAKEUP DATE or select a date from the calendar by default the current date is selected 5 Select the wake call statuses required All Wakeups Active Wakeups Unsuccessful Wakeups Successful Wakeups and Deleted Wakeups Click SEARCH all wakeup calls meeting the entered criteria listed Click CLOSE to close the Wakeup dialog box Interface Functions 209 How to set a new wakeup call 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select INTERFACE FUNCTIONS The available interface options are displayed 2 Select WAKE UP the Wakeup interface screen is displayed ES Wakeup FIAS DID Test Extensi E 4 Search TS Active wakeups A Wakeup Date 21 12 1201 Unsuccessful wakeups Set Group i Pa u gt Successful wakeups EE Deleted wakeups E New Room Extension Date Time RESULT Entered by Result by 3 Click New to display the Wakeup Set dialog box E Wakeup Set FIAS DID Test Rooms Ext Wakeup Date Wakeup Time 4 Click the drop down arrow in the Room ExT NUMBER box to display a list or room numbers and extensions select all rooms that should receive a wake up call Enter the WAKEUP DATE or select a date from the calendar Enter the WAKEUP TIME Click SET the wakeup calls are added to the selected rooms Click CLOSE to close the Wakeup Set dialog box oe a Click CLOSE to close the Wakeup dialog box 210 Interface Functions Group Wake Up Calls This option may be used to set wake up
42. Events 1191 Udi Lindenberg on stage Outside the Hotel 23 02 12 23 02 12 20 00 8 00 2 The START DATE defaults to today s date and the END DATE defaults to one year from today Select an EVENT TYPE to limit the search to a specific type of event In the DESCRIPTION box enter the event name to limit the search to a specific name 5 Click SEARCH All calendar events which meet the search criteria are displayed summarized in the Calendar Events tab 6 Click the DAILY View tab to display the events per day k c Start Date 06 11 2011 y End Date 05 11 2012 y Event Type Miscellaneous y Description Calendar Events E Web Enabled Events Only a E y seel Jud ID Description Type fFromDate todate StartTime EndTime location TicketPrice 1108 Product Retreat Miscellaneous 27 11 11 01 12 11 __ 1111 V8 Engine Presentation zaa yn 1191 Udi Lindenberg on stage E i ky f e i Mm A i 7 To exit the Calendar Events screen click CLOSE Calendar Events Customising Suite8 Grids The option to display the Web tab on a calendar event is controlled by the parameter USE WEB FUNCTIONALITY under Setup Configuration Global Settings Generic Generic 4 tab Calendar Events The display of the Web tab per calendar event is controlled by the parameter WEB ENABLED under Setup gt Configuration Calendar Events This parameter has to
43. F Cancellations Fa aa vake keJ F Persons k Re Gross Avr Room Rate Filter by fact table records LA Be Net Avr Room Rate Enabled Min value ha Be Gross Room Per Person Enabled Max value III ky Be Net Room Per Person ky Re Gross F amp amp B Per Person Distinct kl Re Net F amp amp B Per Person Measure formating ky Re Gross Extra Per Person 22 2 0 k Be Net Extra Per Person callos tyne a Fe Gross Total Per Person ky Be Net Total Per Person ictSumma Formula s calculated measure E E E E E El E E E E E E E E E E E E E i 7 Select a measure and click the CALCULATE button to display the Calculated measures manager dialog box Reports 149 Calculated measures Met Room Per Person Gross FB Per Person RUNNING TOTAL BY COL RUNNING TOTAL BY ROW 8 Click the ADD NEW MEASURE button Add new measure Mees O 9 Enter a name for the measure for example Gross Total Per Person and then click OK 150 Reports Net F885 Per Person Gross Extra Per Person i Net Exa Per Person t Delete calculated measure Calculation formula Available measures DET MOOFROOMS 10 Place the cursor in the Calculation formula box after RESULT 11 Select the required measures from the list of AVAILABLE MEASURES for this example select GROSSTOTALREV and click te 12 To divide by the number of person
44. FIAS DID Test Set Guest Rights Filter Extension Type Show checked in rooms only 7 Set Rights for multiple rooms Room Extension Type Checkedin Status COS _ Message Lamp Do not Disturb INT INT INT INT INT INT INT OFF INT INT INT INT III R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R By default SHOW CHECKED IN ROOMS ONLY is selected but can be cleared if required The Filter criteria can be used to search for a specific EXTENSION TYPE or ROOM NUMBER 4 Click the REFRESH button to update the screen 5 Click the CLOSE button to exit the interface functions screen How to set guest rights for multiple rooms 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select INTERFACE FUNCTIONS The available interface options are displayed 2 Select GUEST RIGHTS the Active interface screen is displayed Select the required interface and click the SELECT button The Set Guest Rights screen for the selected interface is displayed 206 Interface Functions ES FIAS DID Test Set Guest Rights Filter Extension Type Show checked in rooms only 7 Set Rights for multiple rooms Room Extension Type Checkedin Status COS _ Message Lamp Do not Disturb INT INT INT INT INT INT INT OFF INT INT INT INT III R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R By default SHOW CHECKED IN ROOMS ONLY is selected but can be cleared if required The Filter cri
45. Field Definition Legal Values Code Code assigned to the attribute Up to 3 Required category alphanumeric characters Description Description of the attribute Up to 30 characters Required category of text Selection Type Defines if either single or multiple Select from list box Required items can be selected from the list box Show Long Defines if the category elements Check YES Description Should be displayed with the full Blank NO element description or the short code Reports 97 Defines that the list box will be Check YES displayed on the profile edit screen Blank NO under the tab MARKETING for profiles with the type COMPANY This also includes Sources Agents and Meeting Planner XCMS_TYPE 1 Company Defines that the field is mandatory Check YES If no attribute is selected a Blank NO validation error message will be displayed Mandatory Defines that the list box will be Check YES displayed on the profile edit screen Blank NO under the tab MARKETING for profiles with the type INDIVIDUAL this also includes Booker profiles XCMS_TYPE 2 Defines that the option is Check YES mandatory If no attribute is Blank NO selected a validation error message will be displayed Individual Mandatory Reservation Defines that the list box will be Check YES displayed on the reservation edit Blank NO screen under the tab ATTRIBUTES on the upper part for NON DAILY ATTRIBUTES
46. History by Arrival Date Booking History by Arrival Year Booking History by Posted Date SP_HOTELADDRESS SP_HOTELCITY SP HOTELCITY SP HOTELCOUNTRY SP HOTELCOUNTRY SP HOTELNAME SP HOTELZIPCODE SP_HOTELEMAIL SP_HOTELFAX SP_HOTELTELEFON SP HOTELWEB SP LETTERLISER SP_PRINTUSER SP REPORT LANGUAGE SP REPORT LANGUAGE SP LANGID SP USER ID CONF XADR ID CONF XCMS ID CONF CONTACT XCMS ID CONF CONTACT XCMS ID CONF XCOM ID CONF XCOM ID CONF WLAN ID CONF WLAN ID CONF_GREETINGTYPE CONF GREETINGTYPE CONF_ADDRGREET CONF_ADDRGREET CONF_LETTGREET CONF_LETTGREET la YGRP Ti CONF YGRE TN l 4 3 Toimport a Crystal Report click the New button and select CRYSTAL REPORT from the short cut menu Crystal Report Rtf Editor The Report Configuration Edit dialog box is displayed Reports 81 N Report Configuration Edit Description Feature e Load Report Fr EED Filename A Synchronize Relative path sub directory PA 02 UMSATZBERICHTE E Manual Set Location Crystal Reports You have to run Set Location manually in Crystal Reports Parameter Properties Report Parameter Name Parameter Description i A Load Defaults from Report Caption Data type E Mandatory af Syntaxcheck Query Value field Show field 1 Show field 2 Lookup query Translation 4 The Open dialog box is displayed on top of the Report Configuration Edit dialog box defaulted to the new report dir
47. Internal Editor email details can be added from the data source The email template to be used to send confirmation letters via email must be defined via the option EMAIL TEMPLATE PRINTOUT in the configuration Reports 93 How to define the report section 1 eS A s 8 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed On the left hand side of the screen the existing reports are grouped into user definable sections and sub sections Point to the report section TEXT TEMPLATES and right click to display the shortcut menu select ADD and then select SECTION The Sections dialog box is displayed Enter a section CODE Enter a section DESCRIPTION Select EMAIL TEMPLATES for the SECTION ROLE Select TEXT FORMAT TEMPLATE for the SOURCE TYPE Select CONFIRMATION LETTERS for the PRINT JoB Sections Code ma Description Email Templates Section role Email Template source type Text Format template Print job Confirmation Letters security level 1 All Reports Hotel segment YH Cancel Click SAVE to add the new report section How to define the email template 1 2 3 A 94 Click the New button to display the Report Edit dialog box Click the New BINARY button the Create Binary Report dialog box is displayed In the REPORT NAME box enter the name of the template Click OK the Report Edit dialog box is displayed with the Report File tab selected a
48. LEDGER NUMBER cycle has been defined then for each city ledger folio a number is assigned The parameter CITYLEDGERFOLIONUMBER can be used on the folio template to refer to the city ledger folio number In addition for internal editor folio templates a user defined field with the following formula can be used to show also a description on the invoice see examples in demo database if CITYLEDGERFOLIONUMBER lt gt TranslateStaticText City Ledger Invoice LANID 128 Reports How to print a specific reference number on the folio Finland To use this the function FinlandFolioNumber can be selected when editing a folio template with internal editor It can be used with the following syntax parameter PM_YRES_ID and FOLIONUMBER are only examples If the result string should be filled with additional characters in the event that a used parameter value is shorter than the required string then the function fillstr should be used For example FinlandFolioNumber Concat fillstr PM_YRES_ID 10 0 fillstr FOLIONUMBER 9 0 The third parameter is the value used for padding If the result string should not be filled with additional characters in the event that a used parameter value is shorter than the required string for example a string can be 10 characters long but the used parameter value has only 6 digits then the function copy should be used In this case no additional characters are added For example FinlandFolioN
49. NAME ADDRESSGREETING LF NAME ADDRESSGREETING ADDRESS SP_HOTELNAME 56 1 gt 4 0 E RESERVATION CONFIRMATION SP HOTELNAME n SP_HOTELCITY FIDELIODATE Geert GUEST_OR_CONTACT_GREETING DBAlias y Thank vou for your reservation at the SP_HOTELNAME It is nm pleasure to confirm your accommodation details as follows Guest Name GUESTNAME GREET Arrival Date ARRIVAL Room Type NOOFROOMS ROOMTYPE DESC Number of Guests NOOFADULTS ADULT WORD E NOOFCHILDS CHILD WORD E Room Rate RATE per room and night ConfirmationNumber RESERVATION NO E 8 E e OOOO n AE BA Da a Eg JA S s Menu Bar The menu bar of the internal editor displays a list of the available options Options with an icon are also displayed as buttons on the toolbar giving quicker access Menu Bar Options menu Definition SSS Standard file options Open and import RTF files Save Save as Preview Zoom In Zoom Out Print Printer Setup Advanced Printing Enable DBCS Double byte characters Page setup Document Properties and Close View Special layout options Gridlines Special Characters Anchors and Codes and Background Once a layout is selected the view setting is saved until another layout option is selected Edit Standard edit functions Undo Redo Select all Hide Selection Copy Cut Paste Find and Replace Insert Insert options Insert Table Graphi
50. Number of copies on Defines the number of copies to be printed from secondary printer the second printer tray Night audit options Defines if this report is to be printed or exported as part of night audit NONE the report will not be printed or exported EXPORT AND PRINT the report will be printed and exported to the report storage path defined in the configuration EXPORT ONLY the report will be exported to the report storage path defined in the configuration PRINT ONLY the report will be printed Reports 65 66 Language selection on run Defines if a language can be selected while executing the report Language If the option LANGUAGE SELECTION ON RUN is selected then the default language to be displayed when executing the report can be selected from the list of available languages Save Report Select this option to save the report to history by default when using the PRINT option in Task Activities or Event Management The generated letter form or template will then be saved to history and can be printed from there This option is only displayed if the report section role is ACTIVITY Or CONFERENCE Report print details Displays when the report was last printed how many times it has been printed and the average duration in seconds that it took to print the report In addition the date time user and duration are listed for each time the report was printed Parameter Report information Parameter Name A pa
51. Protection the property must be informed when the screenshots parameter is activated The workstation user must also be informed when all screens are going to be monitored The error log file is stored in the directory defined via the option DEFAULT LOG DIRECTORY under Setup Configuration Global Settings Miscellaneous Workstation 5 tab The program EurekaLog Viewer can be downloaded from the ftp server ftp ftp v8 myfidelio com V8 EurekaLogViewer Users will need a valid user name and password to log on to the ftp Email Log This option may be used to display the email log and is accessible via the option LOGS on the MISCELLANEOUS menu The email log lists details regarding the emails which have been sent If an email has been saved as a draft then this is indicated in the email log file with an X in the Draft column How to view the email log 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select LOGS The various types of logs available are listed User Log Error Log Email Log SMS Log Translation Import Log Application Error Log Phone Call Log 297 2 Select EMAIL LOG The Email log screen is displayed The upper part of the screen consists of search criteria The lower part of the screen displays the search results in grid format sent EES l Draft From 06 11 2011 To 08 11 2011 Successfully Failed sub Redpient Sent No of atte Last Attempt Sent Error Draft E Ri R
52. REFRESH to update the list of calls E Telephone Booth o Filters 5 Charge Room Extension del Pay 05 12 11 3 55 00 PM 0014326872566 00 03 55 05 12 11 4 07 00 PM 00923333299066 00 12 11 05 12 11 4 07 00 PM 02173481094 00 03 39 05 12 11 3 55 00 PM 00143268 72566 00 03 55 05 12 11 4 08 00 PM 04036806 777 00 00 29 5 Select the telephone charge to be transferred and click the CHARGE Room button The Billing Guest Search screen is displayed 6 Search for the reguired guest or financial account and then click SELECT A message is displayed informing you that the charge has been posted to the selected guest or financial account Information Selected record s posted to Smith Paul 7 Click OK to close the message The transferred telephone record is no longer displayed on the telephone booth listing 8 Click CLOSE to exit the Telephone Booth screen Interface Functions 217 How to charge a telephone booth call to non staying guest 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select INTERFACE FUNCTIONS 2 Select TELEPHONE BOOTH from the Interface Functions menu The Cashier Login screen is displayed 3 Enter your CASHIER NUMBER and PASSWORD click LOGIN The Telephone Booth dialog box is displayed with the filter defaulted to today s date 4 Enter the EXTENSION or the DATE the call was made and click REFRESH to update the list of calls E Telephone Booth EN 57 Filters 5 Charge Room Extension de
53. SEGMENTATION under Setup Configuration Global Settings Reservations Reservation 4 tab Report security levels functionality is controlled by the parameter REPORT SECURITY LEVELS under Setup Configuration Global Settings Reports New Report This option may be used to create a new report from an existing report file and is accessible via the option NEW on the reports screen Additionally a new internal editor report may be created or imported from a network or local path A report consists of the report and the report file report files may be stored in the database but not actually attached to a report Report files which are not included in a report can be listed via the option UNUSED REPORTS on the Report Configuration screen which is accessible via the option REPORT FILES on the reports screen How to import a crystal report file 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed 2 In the report tree on the left hand side of the screen select the report section the Crystal Report is to be imported to The SOURCE TYPE of the section must be defined as CRYSTAL REPORT 3 Click the New button to display the Report Edit dialog box Reports 59 60 Number of copies on primary printer Number of copies on secondary printer Night audit options E Language selection on run Language Report information Parameter Name Defau
54. SQL statement in the available white space Alias The alias name of the field or table An alias is a short name that stands for the field or table Key Field Select a key field from the drop down list Key fields can be used for sorting purpose A Key field is a field of a database table which together form a unique identifier for a record a table entry Lookup Field Select a lookup field from the drop down list Look up fields can be used for sorting purpose Parent Field Select a parent field from the drop down list Parent fields are dependant fields Default sort Select a sorting method from the drop down list Available options are 146 Reports No sort By Key field value Variant By Lookup field value string Display label The label for the field Enable extended items forecasting Forecasting method This field is only available if Enable extended items has been selected It defines the forecasting method Moving Average Weighted Moving Average Double Exponential Smooth Triple Exponential Smooth Dispersed matrix Show Min Max Value Dispersed matrix Show First and Last Value Null Name NEE Wrap date field to None Years Ouarters Month Weeks or Days Configure measures Each measure can be configured The measure configuration screen displays all defined measures Each measure can be assigned an alias name and a calculation type which can be selected from the drop down list Additional Format st
55. Settings General Hotel Info tab a formula must be created such as FidelioGetGlobalSettings UDEF_Support Hotline lt sp database FidelioGetToWord amount Lang DatabaseParameters This function is used to convert numeric values to string On the report a number such as 1 343 will return the string Thousand three hundred forty three Example In Crystal Reports FidelioGetToWord val Left PRICE In Internal Editor ToWord Amount Lang According to the language ID the system will search in the configured DII s under Setup Configuration Miscellaneous ToWord DLLs for a valid function and will return the corresponding value The function name of the DLL has not to be mentioned in the Syntax of the Report FidelioGetStripString Src 131 132 This function allows the conversion of Scandinavian German characters to standards It maps accented characters to composite characters in which the accent and base character are represented by two character values Example FidelioGetStripString V8 CCM LETTER XCMS NAME1 Example of the mapping for Scandinavian German characters Scandinavian German Standard Character FidelioTranslateData TableName TabelID FieldName Lang DatabaseParameters This function translates the description of setup items such as room types room description and department codes and can be used on confirmation letters and folio templates Example FidelioTranslate
56. TODO ao os 59 EIN di 59 Error message with lookup queries 96 Internal Editor Functions 131 SEE Ee AET 59 Simple Commission Report 96 TCC STUCCIU O iia 53 Verify report section esse sk ee 59 Reports on screen Export OPTIONS ees ee eek se ee ee 72 Falamelers uses sae sa 72 Reservations User Settings 197 Revenue Budget Budget Display ooocooocococccoonoconon 229 Budget SettingS ccoooocccoocncoonnno 229 Mass Settings cococccconccconnncccnnccnnnnns 229 S Search Screens User Settings 197 Shortcut KeYS iese ee ek ek ee 12 Simple Commission Repott 96 Startup User SettingS ooccoocioonocooo o 197 T Today s AcCtIVitiOS oooccooncconnccononononooo 245 Translation Import LOG 260 Tree User SettingS coooccococnoconno 197 Index U User Log Global LOJ EES EE EES SEE NE 249 leed Pel 00 EE casitas 249 SN E 249 User Log File Global Use Log File 249 Night Audit Log File o o 249 User SettingS occococcccocnccccnncccnnncannnns 197 ADDCATANCE idos 197 PEER ere ere re re te ne ee eT ee 197 Reservallons bee ee 197 Search Screens EE SS ee 197 EO N N 197 HEB SE Pe 197 W Wake Up CallS ooococoncoconincccnncccnnnos 211 Web Services oocococccocococcccocononoccnnonononon 247 WLOG File
57. XCID FAM NAME XCMS NAM E3 Click OK to save the query Repeat steps 2 6 for all the SECTION ROLES where family greeting should be used 125 Add the user defined field to the report 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed Select the confirmation or profile letter where family greeting should be available Click the EDIT button 4 Click the REPORT FILE tab and then click the EDIT button to display the report in the Internal Editor Click the FIELDS option on the right hand side and then click USER DEFINED Right click on USER DEFINED and select New FIELD from the short cut menu The User defined field dialog box is displayed E User defined field gt Formulas Edit before Insert Code 7 In the CAPTION box enter FAM NAME ADR GREE LF 8 In the CODE box enter ADJUSTLINEFEED FAM ADR COM FAM IND ADDR LF Es User defined field E meza Caption FAM NAME ADR GREE LF Edit before Insert E kol Formulas AdjustLineFeed FAM ADR COM FAM IND ADDR LF 9 Click OK to save the user defined field 126 Reports 10 Place this field in the address line of the letter using double click or drag and drop 11 Click SAVE on the FILE menu to save the document 12 Click CLOSE on the FILE menu to exit the Internal Editor screen 13 On the REPORT FILE tab click the New button to enter a new parameter 14 In both the NAME and CAPTION boxes ente
58. a wake up call is placed are listed in the right hand side of the screen 9 Click Exit to close the Group Wakeup dialog box Interface Functions 211 How to set group wake up calls via the group edit options 1 Click the RESERVATIONS menu and select GROUP RESERVATION to display the Group Reservation screen 2 Select the group to which you want to set wake up calls and click EDIT The Edit Group reservation screen appears 3 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select INTERFACE FUNCTIONS The available interface options are displayed 4 Select SET WAKE UP from the OPTIONS menu the Group Wakeup interface screen is displayed 8 Group Wakeup FIAS DID Test Group Wakeup FIAS DID Test Set Wakeup Delete Clear Wakeup Group Name Micros Fidelio Rooms Ext Number d Wakeup Date 22 03 2010 y Wakeup Time 11 12 AM Y Set for whole Group amp Set Wake up 5 In the GROUP NAME box the group name for which the wake up call should be set is already selected 6 If only specific room numbers are to receive a wake up call click the drop down arrow in the Room EXT NUMBER box to display all group members select all rooms that should receive a wake up call Enter the WAKEUP DATE or select a date from the calendar Enter the WAKEUP TIME If the wake up call is to be set for the entire group click SET FOR WHOLE GROUP 10 If the wake up call is to be set for selected rooms click SET WAKE UP The rooms for which a wake
59. alert is displayed when starting Suite8 Miscellaneous Shortcut Bar The Suite8 main menu screen has nine coloured tabs located on the left of the screen Each coloured tab represents one of the main user modules Reservation Customer Relation Front Desk Cashiering Rooms Man Misc Web Services To open the Miscellaneous Shortcut Bar 1 Click Misc from the coloured toolbar The Miscellaneous shortcut bar opens 10 Introduction Today s Activities A sal me User Log File om Telephone Booth N Reports 2 Alternatively you can click MISCELLANEOUS on the menu bar The Miscellaneous menu appears Introduction 11 Night Audit Export Reports Report Procedures d Calendar Events Change Password User Sessions User Settings Interface Functions Help Navigator External Applications d Budget d Luggage Export to Outlook Today s Activities Web Services Logs d Manual Statistics Questionnaire Mails Custom SOL View Vacation Sharing Navigation Keys Accelerator keys Accelerator keys are used for fast access to a box on a screen or dialog box When a letter is underlined you can press the Alt letter keys and the cursor moves into the appropriate box For example on the Profile Search screen the letter A is underlined in the Name box By pressing the Alt A keys the cursor moves into the Name box To use the accelerator keys From the screen or dialog box
60. and a balance then the following message is displayed Fidelio Suite 8 xi There are checked out reservations FAs out of balance Night audit can mot continue Please reinstate the reservation s FA s and check them out again 27 Click OK the following message is displayed Confirmation x Do you want to see imbalance reservations FAs 2 28 Click YES to display the billing screen with a list of all imbalance reservations and financial accounts access to billing requires a valid cashier number 29 Once all the imbalance accounts have been handled as required close the billing screen and click PREVIEW PROBLEMS on the Night Audit screen to re start the preview problems process 30 Clicking No closes the message A finished message is displayed in the night audit dialog An additional check is made if the parameter COUNTRY CODE MANDATORY FOR IN HOUSE GUEST and or the parameter STATE CODE MANDATORY FOR IN HOUSE GUEST are active A list of all in house guest profiles with missing country and or state codes is displayed and night audit cannot be continued until all the missing country and state codes have been entered State codes are only required for countries for which states have been defined Night Audit 33 ER Missing EE RR Check E EEE EI Name Room Ariel Departure ___ twe___ RoomNo _ RoomType_ Country_ state_N Alevato Dave ee TT 09 11 11 Definite a a je exas meri austen Stef m Josia peo ns ef Multer J
61. been entered Display used to view and compare on a daily monthly and yearly basis the actual revenue figures with the budget figures Note The entry of the initial budget via the mass settings option has to be completed before detail budget figures can be adjusted on the settings tab How to display the budget 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select BUDGET 2 Select REVENUE BUDGET from the Budget menu The Budget screen is displayed divided into two pages each one represented by a tab Settings opened by default this page is used to update current budget figures Display used to view and compare on a daily monthly and yearly basis the actual revenue figures with the budget figures Budget 229 230 EJ Budget Setup EA EGE Budget type Department code y Mass Settings Settings Display Display Options Setting Options Dept Code s v Search Daily Amount 0 1 Set From 06 11 2011 v until 06 12 2011 ke Save Type Net v Click the DISPLAY tab In the BUDGET TYPE box select the required budget type To limit the display of department market or source codes select the required codes from the drop down list In the DATE box enter the date from which to display the budget or select a date from the calendar In the revenue TYPE box select the type of revenue figures to display net and gross revenue figures can be displayed for all three budget types roo
62. c temp zinn TEST txt 12 Select the newly created export file TEST and click the RUN MARKED button A file name with the name 1 txt is created under c temp and the field VALUE zinn_value from the table ZINN number cycles is set to 2 If the name from the export filename zinn_name does not exist the message ZINN record with name was not found will display If the name from the export filename zinn_name exists but the number cycle TYPE zinn_type is not set to User Defined 2 then the message Selected number cycle type should be User definable number cycles zinn_type 2 will display How to convert data format for export files Some back office systems can not read ANSI character encoding As the Oracle database is installed on an ANSI code page the ANSI character set is exported by default 1250 WE8DEC The expected ASCII format is located on another code page 850 WE8PC850 The problem can be solved by changing the SELECT statements in the export functionality For example the function CONVERT CONVERT text target_character_set source_character_set If the statement used looks as follows SELECT EXPORT FROM V8_BOF_NAVISION_DEBTORS WHERE V8_BOF_NAVISION_DEBTORS POSTDATE PARAMETER And if the back office system can not convert ANSI encoding the statement can be changed as follows SELECT CONVERT EXPORT WE8PC850 FROM V8_BOF_NAVISION_DEBTORS WHERE V8_BOF_NAVISION_DEBTORS POSTDATE
63. ccccccccecececececececececececenenenenes 281 303
64. collapse icon Ld to collapse all folders to the uppermost level Refresh the HTML View Click the refresh icon 8 View information in HTML format In this example we will display information in HTML format on the profile screen 1 Click the CUSTOMER RELATION menu and select PROFILES to display the customer profile screen This main customer profile screen is called the Navigator and is divided into 3 distinct areas Tree Listing and HTML Page Ouery basic and advance profile search criteria Ouery Results the results of the guery shown in a grid format m A tree listing of all the details associated with this profile including address communications links reservations or history Introduction 15 16 m A freely definable HTML display which by default has a big format where the details are displayed in a non grid style format or a list format The HTML display can be printed by using the right mouse click 2 Enter the name to search for in the Name box and click SEARCH Customer Profiles Name ace ID 7 Master Only View Actual Query z A ry 1 Exd Sub Companies Y PMS Name ace Ge Full Search irst Name Type Show Family Members 7 com Active Only IV Active Adv Ory v Fl Inactive Display Search name Name address Coty Communication RM Revenue E New Profile Aceti Aceti Ralph MI Aceti EE Profile Details H Task a Notes i Q Reservations as G
65. dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table XCMS group lagCustomerManagement dbname table XCMS group lagCustomerManagement dbname table XCMS group lagCustomerManagement dbname table XCMS group lagCustomerManagement dbname table XCMS group lagCustomerManagement dbname table XCMS group lagCustomerManagement dbname table XCMS group lagCustomerManagement dbname table XCMS group lagCustomerManagement dbname table XCMS group lagCustomerManagement dbname table XCMS group lagCustomerManagement dbname table XCMS group lagCustomerManagement YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YOVB group YOVB group YOVB group YRCO group YRCO group 283 tlogactivity lavalue 423 name lang Profile active flag changed dbname tabl
66. define Data Queries Run Parameters and Dimensions iew O To open the REPORT EXECUTE Screen and enter Run Parameters To change colours for Headers and Data Cells To enter grid specific settings Ma To set Hide options for empty columns or rows enter table mode and set directions for relative views 139 Map Builder Ba Builder Icon The Map Builder is used for creating groups and drag dimensions into the different groups the rows columns and current links are displayed How to change criteria via the Map Builder 1 Click the Map Builder Icon B to display the Map builder dialog box Map builder Rows vee Lx Company E me Lx Revenue Type E b Columns a t Date E Lz Dimensions E Value Country a E Master The map builder dialog box shows the rows columns and dimensions values and their current link Select the Row COLUMN or DIMENSION to be changed Click EDIT the Dimension editor screen is displayed 140 Reports E3 Dimension editor Market CodelXCMA LONGDESC Active items Unsorted Repository inactive items 2 All Visible he LE Vacation Sharing Member ea Hine he LE Company with Contract he LE Company without Contract a All Filtered 3 Cirde Shift hy LE Group a Add Group kr L Tour Serie he LE Complimentary cy Delete Group he LE House Lize Exp Col kr L Individual kr LE Air Crew Contracts kr LE Web Booking Sort Autofilter none DEF NOOFRROM o
67. either with Ctrl Space or Ctrl and mouse click 6 To view the error log details click the ERROR LOG FILE tab 254 Logs 8 Errors reported in the database E 4 Log Entries Error Log File SRA 00904 WLOG TERMINAL invalid identifier Active form title Fidelio Suite 8 Login 412 137 Active form name fLogin Controls from top to down eUsername Panel2 Panel3 Panell fLogin insert into wlog wlog_id wlog_time wlog_xced_id wlog_type wlog_table_id wlog_text wlog_wpca_id wlog_sysdat wlog_tablename wlog_terminal values 484677 sy OR4 00904 WLOG TERMINAL invalid identifier Active form title Fidelio Suite 8 Login 412 137 Active form name fLogin Controls from top to down DLoginBitBtn1 Panel2 Panel3 Paneli fLogin 7 To exit the error log click the LoG ENTRIES tab and click the CLOSE button How to view the error log file via the Eurekalog Viewer 1 Start the EUREKALOG VIEWER application The EurekaLog Viewer screen is displayed ga Password Refresh Exception Date Exception Class Exception Message Compilation Date local Version lt No data to display gt General cal Stade Modules Handle Name Version Size m Modified Path lt No data to display gt 2 Click OPEN and locate the error log file FIDELIOV8_COMPUTERNAME ELF The error messages are displayed in the upper part of the screen 3 Select the CAL
68. for the first question when night audit starts If it s set to CONTINUE automatic night audit will run until the statement with commit and then stop If it is set to STOP automatic night audit will stop after this question Materials Control Import Night Audit Before starting the night audit there are several checks that should be made the Auto NA Problems option performs the pre night audit checks that are configured as Stop in the configuration If all answers are set to Continue the search will finish immediately however there are several checks which if raised during the Auto NA Problems process must be resolved before starting the night audit Failing these checks during the running of the night audit will stop the night audit and it cannot be continued until the situation has been resolved Situations that will stop the NA If there are checked in reservations which do not have a room for today A reservation can have no room assigned if a room was assigned for the first night only and upon check in either a room number was not assigned for the remaining days or the reservation was marked as a scheduled room move from the day where no room is assigned If there are expected reservations with pre billing postings that have not yet been checked in If there are scheduled room moves that have not been completed The scheduled room moves must be completed via the option Room Move on the Reservations menu before the night audit
69. if a report should be listed subject to licence code Reports will not be displayed if the license of the selected feature is not active If all reports are not valid the section is suppressed This option is displayed only in debug mode Report Parameter The name of the report parameter as defined on the Crystal Name Report The display order can be customized with the red up and down arrows See Standard Parameters Parameter The caption displayed on the report dialog box for the Description selected parameter Parameter properties Caption Defines the name of the field to be displayed on the report dialog box when running the report Data type Displays the data type of the field used for the selected parameter Mandatory Defines that the report can not run until the parameter is filled with a value This option must be selected for all folio templates used in the property Value field Defines if the selected field is a multiple choice field on the report execute print dialog box Show field 1 Defines which field should be shown on the report execute print dialog box in the multi selection box as the first field for example the short description Show field 2 Defines which field should be shown on the report execute print dialog box in the multi selection box as the second field for example the long description Lookup query A valid SQL statement can be entered as lookup This is used to sort the fields within the multi select box f
70. invoice Click PREVIEW to display a preview of the invoice the invoice may be printed directly from the preview screen Click DON T PRINT to close the folio styles dialog box without printing the invoice The transferred telephone record is no longer displayed on the telephone booth listing 13 Click CLOSE to exit the Telephone Booth screen Telephone Booth Grid Field Definition 90909099 The extension number of the house or booth telephone If a room number has been assigned to the extension this will be displayed otherwise the extension number will be displayed The date the telephone call was made Dialled No The number dialled from this extension Length The length of the call in the format HH MM SS Charge The total charge for the call This is the number of units multiplied by the configured unit price or the total charge as received from the telephone interface The charge format is dependant upon the capabilities of the telephone interface installed Unit The number of units used The recording of the number of units is dependant upon the capabilities of the telephone interface installed Type H indicates that this extension is a house phone and B indicates that this extension is a booth telephone 220 Interface Functions Interface Posting History This option may be used to view all postings made by the interface and is accessible via the option INTERFACE FUNCTIONS on the Miscellaneous menu How
71. it should display in Fidelio Suite 8 for example MICROS FIDELIO NET On the next line add INFO BMP On the next line add the web address for example Www MICROS FIDELIO NET E webservices txt Notepad File Edit Format View Help Fidelio w8 info bmp www V8 myfidelio net login asp Micros com info bmp WWW Micros com Micros Fidelio Net info bmp para micros Tidelio net a 7 Select SAVE from the FILE menu 8 Select Exit from the FILE menu to close the webservices file Note The web site links required for each property are usually defined during the installation 248 Web Services 17 Logs User Log This option may be used to display both the global user log and the night audit log and is accessible via the option LOGS on the MISCELLANEOUS menu The user log is divided into three sub logs Global displays all transactions selected for tracking via the menu option USER LOG in the configuration Night Audit displays detailed information about the previous and last night audit run Night Audit Reports displays by date the reports generated during the night audit How to view the global user log 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select LOGS The various types of logs available are listed User Log Error Log Email Log 5M5 Log Translation Import Log Global Application Error Log Night Audit Phone Call Log Night Audit Reports 2 Select USER LOG and then select GLOBAL to display th
72. lang Update dbname table XCH group laExchangeRateDelete tlogactivity lavalue 465 name lang Delete dbname table ZXCH group lagExchangeRate Appendix 299 Index A ACCCICIAIOl KEYSER la 12 Alternative Reservation Edit 197 Appearance User Settings 197 Available Startup Screens 197 B Back ONCE EX OOM HANA 45 Billing User SettingS ooooooooo 197 Blue drill down arrow occocconconeonoo o 13 Budget Manager Report ees esse ee ee Ee ee 225 Manager Report Budget 225 HEVERUE EK ia Va EEEE aaa 229 Revenue Budoget 229 C Calendar Events Delete a Calendar Event 177 Edit a Calendar Event 177 New Calendar Event 177 Calender EvenIS arde 177 Change PaSSWOId i s ss es NE ERAS SE SA Ee 193 Changing the date Typing a new date esse se ek ee 19 Using the calendaf iek ee 19 Codes in version 6 8 F ees ees ee se ee ee 129 Commission Report Simple 96 Crystal FUNCIONS lt td 131 Cube Designer n 133 143 Cube Reports Creating calculated measures 148 Cube Designer 133 143 Cube Viewer 133 136 Graphical Display ooccococccconnccconoc
73. query Checks if the entered lookup query has a valid syntax Options available on the Internal Editor Report file tab This button Does this O Opens the report in the Internal Editor Creates a new parameter the parameter properties are ETTE ee ear ee e via the options NAME CAPTION and DATA TYPE Delete Deletes the selected Deletes the selected parameter 8 ss s Up Moves the selected parameter up on the parameter list Moves the selected parameter down on the parameter list The location for exported night audit reports is defined via the option REPORT STORAGE PATH under Setup Configuration Global Settings Night Audit Night Audit tab Creating a new report is controlled by the user right INSERT under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Reports Edit Report This option may be used to edit an existing report and is accessible via the option EDIT on the reports screen How to edit a crystal report 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed Search for and locate the report to be edited Click the EDIT button The Report Edit screen is displayed divided into two sections each one represented by a tab Report opened by default this displays general report information Report File displays information about the report parameters and location of the Crystal Report file Reports Arrivals
74. select VACATION SHARING The Vacation Sharing search screen is displayed 2 Click the New button The Vacation Sharing Edit and Profile search dialog box is opened 3 Enter the name of the profile and click SEARCH 4 Select the required profile from the list of available profiles and click SELECT The Vacation Sharing Contract screen is opened and the name of the profile filled in the field Member Vacation Sharing 277 278 Enter the VALID FROM AND VALID UNTIL FIELDS AND SELECT THE CONTRACT TYPE Enter week and length It is possible to configure fixed weeks exceptions or even floating weeks for each year Enter the number of persons Select the arrival day The Market and Source code Maintenance Rate Reservation Rate and Room type is filled as per the selected contract type configuration 10 The contract number is mandatory 11 Press Validate button to validate the contract 12 The system automatically prompts the question to create an A R account when Saving the vacation contract for the first time and no A R account is found for the vacation member Note Changing the contract validity length of stay or the number of persons requires pressing Refresh Price button on the right panel to recalculate the price Vacation Sharing Search Criteria With this information The name of the vacation member The date from which to display vacation contracts The date until which to display vacation contracts Sub Members
75. sp HOTELTELEFON SP HOTELTELEFON SP_HOTELWEB SP_HOTELWEB SP_HOTELZIPCODE SP HOTELZIPCODE SP LANGID SP_LANGID SP_LETTERUSER SP_LETTERUSER SP_PRINTUSER SP_PRINTUSER SP_REPORT_LANGUAGE SP_REPORT_LANGUAGE SP_USER_ID SP_USER_ID Click the EDIT button to display the report in the Internal Editor Complete any changes necessary Click SAVE on the FILE menu to save the document EN N Click CLOSE on the FILE menu to exit the Internal Editor screen 10 Click OK to save the changes and exit the Report Edit screen Editing a report is controlled by the user right EDIT under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Reports Deleting a report This option may be used to delete a report and is accessible via the DELETE option on the Reports screen A report consists of two parts The Report The Report File Deleting a report deletes the report but not the report file used by that report The report file can only be deleted with the option DELETE on the Report Configuration screen which is accessible via the option REPORT FILES on the reports screen How to delete a report file 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed 2 Search for and locate the report to be deleted Click the DELETE button A message to confirm the deletion is displayed Reports 71 12 Information O Are you sure nz 4
76. t ha DEV ROOM REV GROSS Fi TENT ROOM REV GROSS BUD ROOM REV GROSS 12 To add the tentative room revenue enter a plus sign ial the calculation formula window then select TENT_ROOM_REV_NET and click LT 157 Reports 158 Calculated measures manager Calculated measures Total Room Rev Net Add new measure Delete calculated measure Calculation formula DEV_ROOM_REV_NET TENT_ROOM_REV_NET Available measures DEY ROOM REV GROSS TENT ROOM REV GROSS BUD ROOM REV GROSS DEV ROOM REV NET BUD ROOM REV NET 13 Click the CHeck button to validate the formula Checked 14 Click OK to close the checked message 15 Click OK to close the Calculated measures manager screen The calculated measure can be selected from the measure manager dialog box and placed in position using drag and drop Note Manually created measures are also exported to the XML file when using the SAVE SETUP button from the Cube Designer Menu Additional Information on calculated measures PivotCube has its own mathematical expression parser to support custom formulas entered by the user In addition to using numerical values in the formula you can also use values from other measures including other calculated measures The parser supports most of the common mathematical functions but you can extend list of supported functions via declaring own functions To calculate own function you need to create own event handler Examp
77. the reservation s FA s and check them out again 23 Click OK the following message is displayed Confirmation x 5 Do you want to see imbalance reservations FAs y 9 j 24 Click Yes to display the billing screen with a list of all imbalance reservations and financial accounts access to billing requires a valid cashier number Night Audit 39 40 25 Once all the imbalance accounts have been handled as required close the billing screen and click PREVIEW PROBLEMS on the Night Audit screen to re start the preview problems process 26 Clicking No closes the message If all the parameters for the import of materials control information have not been set the following message is displayed 27 Click YES to continue with the night audit clicking No stops the Night Audit If there are financial accounts that are due out but that have not yet been checked out then the following message is displayed Confirmation m i There are due out financial accounts Do you want to continue with Night Audit and extend those financial accounts to the next day 28 Click YES to continue with the night audit and extend the financial accounts click No to display the billing screen with a list of all due out reservations including financial accounts and with a valid cashier number check them out Once all the due out financial accounts have been handled as required the night audit can be re started Confirmation There are offer re
78. the s button to locate the required profile or create a new individual profile via the New PROFILE button Enter the No OF PERSONS associated with this profile Enter the TICKET PRICE if applicable In the Notes box you can enter additional comments Click the OK button to add the profile to the calendar event E Calender Event Event Web Pictures Participants oe l Px Projected Number of Attendees i E Add E Edit Actual Number of Attendees Edit Profile Ticket Price Ralph Aceti 2 0 00 0 00 d Print ra Motes 10 Repeat steps 4 8 to add additional profiles to the calendar event 11 Click OK to close the Calendar Event dialog box How to delete linked profiles from a calendar event 1 184 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select CALENDAR EVENTS The Calendar Events screen is displayed Select the calendar event to be edited and click EDIT The Calendar Event dialog box is displayed Click the PROFILE tab Select the profile to be deleted and click DELETE A confirmation message is displayed Calendar Events Information 5 Click Yes to remove the profile from the calendar event 6 Click OK to close the Calendar Event dialog box Note The printing of calendar events from the profiles tab requires a section role called Calendar Event to be added to reports and report templates used in this section need the following parameters event
79. today short sorted by Last printed 19 11 11 11 12 58 AM Number of printouts 8 Average duration seconds 0 FCR_PMS_4003_ARR_SHORT rpt 19 11 11 11 12 58 AM Demonstration 19 11 11 11 12 37 AM Demonstration Number of copies on primary printer 14 11 11 3 52 42 PM Demonstration St 14 11 11 3 50 59 PM Demonstration St Number of copies on secondary printer 05 10 11 2 49 45 PM Demonstration St 02 10 11 1 36 22 PM Demonstration St Night audit options 02 10 11 10 39 13 AM Demonstration lt 02 10 11 10 38 49 AM Demonstration F Language selection on run Language Prompt system parameter on run 4 Make any change necessary on the REPORT tab 5 Click the REPORT FILE tab to display the report file details and make any changes necessary E Report File PEE FCR_PMS_4003_ARR_SHORT rpt Relative path sub directory NEWREPORTS Manual Set Location Crystal Reports SELECT WNUM VALUE decode WNUM VALUE 0 Tentative 1 Definitive 3 Cancelled DESCRIPTION FROM WNUM WHERE WNUM_VALUE IN 0 1 3 ORDER BY WNUM_VALUE Translation Name pe Ger English French Re Res Cd 6 Click the EDIT REPORT button to display the report in Crystal Reports Designer Reports 69 Note Crystal reports can only be edited if Crystal Report Designer is installed 7 Complete any changes necessary 8 Click SAVE on the FILE menu
80. 0 7320 7420 Total Rooms of Hotel 136 Number of Children 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Out of Order Rooms Number of Children in month 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Walkin Rooms Number of Children in year 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Arrival Rooms Departure Rooms 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Arrival Adults Occupied Rooms in month 60 120 180 240 300 360 420 Arrival Children Occupied Rooms in year 60 120 180 240 300 360 420 Departure Adults Total Rooms of Hotel 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 Departure Children Total Rooms of Hotel in month 136 272 408 544 680 816 952 Total Gross Revenue Total Ranme nf Hntel in vear 126 277 ANA 544 Aan RIG as 4 P Total Net Revenue Complimentary Rooms House Use Rooms A Li Total Beds of Hotel Repeating Guests Ar Reservations created Reservations canceled Arrival Adults Tomor Departure Adults To Arrival Rooms Tomor o3 amp 88 06 11 11 06 11 11 06 11 11 06 11 11 06 11 11 06 11 11 06 11 11 06 11 11 9 Click the at the top of the screen to close the budget screen How to enter the daily statistics budget 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select BUDGET 2 Select MANGER REPORT BUDGET from the Budget menu The Budget screen is displayed divided into two sections Budget figures are entered on the left hand side On the right hand side are the selection criteria for displaying the budget The budget figures are displayed in grid format below the selection criteria 226 Budget E Budget
81. 0 GIH ROOMMOVES FOR TODAY rpt Newer Report in DATABASE FCR PMS 4114 GIH NUM GROUP rpt Newer Report in DATABASE FCR_PMS_4113_GIH_ALPH_GROUP rpt Newer Report in DATABASE FCR_PMS_4018_ARR_NUM_GROUP rpt Newer Report in DATABASE FCR_PMS_4017_ARR_ALPHA_GROUP rpt Newer Report in DATABASE FCR_PMS_4112_GIH_COMP_HOUSE rpt Newer Report in DATABASE FCR_PMS_4211_DEP_NUM_GROUP rpt Newer Report in DATABASE FCR_PMS_4210_DEP_ALPHA_GROUP rpt Newer Report in DATABASE FCR_PMS_4322_FORECAST_OCCUPANCY_EXCL_CH rpt Newer Report in DATABASE FCR_PMS_4329_FORECAST_CHANNEL_CH rpt Newer Report in DATABASE FCR_PMS_4312_TABLESRES_INKL_NOTES rpt Newer Report in DATABASE FCR_PMS_4320_HIST_FOR_OCC_REV rpt Newer Report in DATABASE FCR_PMS_4799_XCMA_THREEMON rpt Report does not exists in Folder FCR_PMS_4799_XCMM_THREEMON rpt Report does not exists in Folder POS8_2000_REVENUE_ARTICLE_MAINGROUP_ALPHA rpt Report does not exists in Folder FCR_POS_9997_REV_PERIOD_OUTLET_ALPH rpt Report does not exists in Folder FCR_POS_9998_REV_OUTLET_OVERGROUP rpt Report does not exists in Folder FCR_POS_9999 REV_MAINGROUP rpt Newer Report in DATABASE FCR_ALL_1973_LOGBOOK rpt Newer Report in DATABASE FCR CCM 6525 EXPECTED FORECAST _BY_YEAR rpt M Ed Fi 9 Select the reports to be synchronized by selecting one of the synchronization options 10 Click SYNCHRONIZE to synchronize the selected reports A message to confirm the synchronizati
82. 12 26 AM 14 03 11 12 27 AM 14 03 11 12 27 AM 14 03 11 12 28 AM 14 03 11 12 28 AM 14 03 11 12 28 AM 14 03 11 12 28 AM 14 03 11 12 29 AM 14 03 11 12 29 AM 14 03 11 12 29 AM The Cube Viewer screen is displayed 8 Type AML Document AML Document AML Document XML Document AML Document AML Document AML Document AML Document AML Document AML Document AML Document AML Document AML Document AML Document AML Document Select a file to preview to ma File Cube Definition View Run Settings Total by ROWS to sell 2011 November 01 11 11 The screen is divided into 138 as qa ian a pun int A jas jak ro qa qa ad qa Qu FO LY LY Qu FI WwW LY LY w LAD LY 3 La a Ll a a ay a a E Peri ar a da Er 1 j Y The Menu bar on top of the cube viewer The Map Builder The Measure Manager The Graphical Display Button No of Rooms ry oan ro aa PER ren ER A y Pen s t kah p A ie ar re Ml Es Es s Es Es F 1 Es 1 E VTE IM lt a ind EA MA pt ku ne ka N oe in Ni kuhi a eck Pr p Le Db 1 t sj N Lr Occ ooms i Reports Reports The Cube Viewer Menu Bar The Menu Bar consists of 5 menus Available Options To save the Cube Report on a Path Load Data To load existing Cube Data from a Path Export To export the Report and exchange it with other users either to Excel or HTML To print the Cube Report To open Cube Designer and
83. 19 Click CLOSE to exit the Export to Outlook screen Folders and sub folders are defined via the options FOLDERS under Setup Configuration Miscellaneous Export to Outlook 244 Export to Outlook 15 Today s Activities This option may be used to view the availability arrival and departure figures for the next three days and any conference bookings reserved for today Today s activities is accessible via the option TODAY S ACTIVITIES on the MISCELLANEOUS menu How to view today s activities 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select TODAY S ACTIVITIES Alternatively click the TODAY s ACTIVITIES icon from the coloured miscellaneous toolbar Suite8 Dashboard 21 12 11 07 04 Arrivals Today Guest Name Departure Room Status Adults Rate MA oet Ralph 22 12 11 107 DI 1 200 00 2 McAndrews Reginald 24 12 11 102 TU 2 000 3 Departures Today Guest Name Room Adults Total M Baker David 113 1 38 21 Micros F 701 1 38 21 F Stramm Rudolf 115 1 38 21 3 Wielhandt Manfred 411 1 38 21 Housekeeping Today Total Occupied Vacant Dirty Rooms 26 17 9 Clean Rooms 111 1 110 Out of Order Rooms 0 Ont of Service Rooms 0 Movement Report Revenue Revenue Group Amount F amp B Food 0 00 F amp B Beverage 36 00 F amp B Miscellaneous 17 30 2 To exit the Today s Activities screen click CLOSE ALL on the WINDOWS menu or press F10 Today s activities can be set as the startup screen so that each time this user logs on the T
84. 2 name lang Misc Item Copy tlogactivity lavalue 258 name lang Misc Item Notes Delete tlogactivity lavalue 154 name lang Misc Item Attribute tlogactivity lavalue 155 name lang Misc Item Quantity tlogactivity lavalue 156 name lang Misc Item External tlogactivity lavalue 157 name lang Misc Item Rate tlogactivity lavalue 158 name lang Misc Item Setup Time tlogactivity lavalue 159 name lang Misc Item Setdown Time tlogactivity lavalue 160 name lang Misc Item Incl in Package tlogactivity lavalue 260 name lang Misc Item Start Date tlogactivity lavalue 261 name lang Misc Item End Date tlogactivity lavalue 262 name lang Misc Item Start Time tlogactivity lavalue 263 name lang Misc Item End Time tlogactivity lavalue 264 name lang Misc Item Dept Code tlogactivity lavalue 273 name lang Misc Item Resp Dept tlogactivity lavalue 338 name lang Misc Item Name tlogactivity lavalue 153 name lang Misc Item Price tlogactivity lavalue 343 name lang Misc Item Notes dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table
85. 550 CONF 501 ENG RTF Feature Parameters Properties CONF WLAN ID CONF WLAN ID a CONF_WLAN_ID ee an 5 Click the EDIT button to display the report in the Internal Editor 6 Complete any changes necessary 7 Click SAVE on the FILE menu to save the document Reports Reports 8 Click CLOSE on the FILE menu to exit the Internal Editor screen 9 Click OK to save the changes and exit the Report Edit screen How to create a new internal editor report file or import from a network or local path 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed 2 In the report tree on the left hand side of the screen select the report section the Internal Editor Report template is to be created in The SOURCE TYPE of the section must be defined as TEXT FORMAT TEMPLATE 3 Click the NEw button to display the Report Edit dialog box E Report Edit olle DE Report Report File Bx Report information w Binary Translated Description N Description Report name y Q Search Number of copies on primary printer 1 Number of copies on secondary printer 0 Night audit options None v Language selection on run Language Default English Security level 1 All Reports External ID Default Value _ Invisible Prompt system parameter on run Cancel 4 Click the New BINARY button the Create Binary Report dialog box is displayed Es Crea
86. 8 date How to create a new export definition 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select EXPORT The Exports screen is displayed 2 Click New to display the Export definition screen 47 48 El Export Description File Name Batch File Name Options Fl Automatic 7 Append 7 Delete after moved to batch Definition Type 9 SQL Style Header SQL Data SQL Footer SOL CE 7 After date change 3 Complete the export definition options as per the table below 4 Click OK to save the export definition Export Definitions Field Definition Legal Values Description The name of the data Up to 30 characters of text export File Name Batch File Name Automatic Append The name of the file and the path from which the back office will read the files The name of the batch file Defines if the export Should run automatically during night audit Defines if data should be appended to an existing file The path and file name for the file For example J FILOSOF TRANSFER RV hoteldate 001 yymmdd The name and location of the batch file such as C temp NA lt batchdate dateformat Check Automatic Blank Manual Check YES Blank NO Export Export Defines if the data export Select from list box should run on a daily basis or on the last day of the month After date Defines if the custom Check Enabled change export is executed after Blank Di
87. 87 Berlin p Microsoft Corporation 10260 SU Greenburg Ad Suite 600 97223 5500 Portland p Microsoft France SARL 18 Avenue du Quebec one de Courtaboeut 91957 Les Uie Cedex Minolta UKJ Ltd Precedent Drive Rooksley METS SHF Milton Keynes EE 1 305 50 EE 6 308 566 1 363 00 13 102 28 3 636 26 f 654 0 157 00 4 339 00 23 56 14 24355 3 100 44 2431 91 1 047 00 Germany Value 1 305 80 2132 03 13 102 28 3 636 26 7 604 07 4 339 00 23 56 14 249 55 Oct 2011 Switzerland Value 6 305 56 1 363 00 3 986 44 Example How to create a top producer by room night report for all Emm Print ol Export Advanced companies located in a certain city 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORT PROCEDURES 2 Select COMPANY STATISTIC to display the company statistics screen 3 Inthe FROM DATE and To DATE fields enter required date range it must be a date range in the past 4 Select the PROFILE type COMPANY In the COUNTRY box click the drop down arrow and select the country code required 6 Click the DESELECT ALL button to deselect all the criteria on the right hand side and then select only the Room NIGHTS check box Report Procedures 171 Es Company Statistic Period From Date l01 10 2011 To Date 31 10 2011 Profile F Average Room Rate F Room Revenue Company _ F amp B Revenue E Extra Revenue O Select
88. Blank NO edit screen under the tab ATTRIBUTES First Page Defines that the list box will be displayed on the booking master edit screen s first page which is the BOOKING INFORMATION tab Mandatory Defines that the field is mandatory If no attribute is selected a validation error message will be displayed Event Defines that the list box will be displayed on the event edit screen under the tab ATTRIBUTES First Page Defines that the list box will be displayed on the event edit screen s first page which is the EVENT tab Mandatory Defines that the field is mandatory If no attribute is selected a validation error message will be displayed Table Reservations Defines that the list box will be displayed on the table reservation edit screen How to define simple commission codes 1 On the SETUP menu select CONFIGURATION to display the configuration options 2 Click CRM and select MARKETING INFO and then select SIMPLE COMMISSION CODES from the list 3 Click New to display the Simple Commission Codes dialog box 4 Enter a CODE and a DESCRIPTION for the simple commission 5 Click OK to save the simple commission code 6 Click CLOSE to exit the configuration How to link a simple commission code to a profile 1 Click the CUSTOMER RELATIONS menu and select PROFILES 2 Search for and select the required profile then click the EDIT PROFILE button The edit profile screen is displayed defaulted to the PROFILE tab 3 In t
89. Booking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group 287 laBookingLnkProfile tlogactivity lavalue 227
90. CMS_ID is used in the query When selecting group on the grid all profiles under group are also selected How to create a custom SQL statement from the SQL View 1 2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Click CUSTOM SQL VIEW from the MISCELLANEOUS drop down menu Select a SQL statement and click the Config button the Custom SQL Statements dialog box is displayed Select a statement from the panel on the left hand side the SQL Text is then displayed in the SQL Text panel in the lower right hand side For example select xcms id xcms_namel xcms nomailing from xcms where xcms_nomailing like xcms_nomailing Click Edit button to edit the SQL text Press OK to save changes or close the SQL text dialog box Click on the Parameter tab for defining Parameters if the SQL statement requires input from the user Click New to display the SQL parameter dialog box In the Parameter box enter the SQL parameter for example xcms_nomailing max 20 characters In the Description box enter the text which should appear when the user runs the SQL statement for example No Mailing Flag 0 No 1 Yes Click OK to close the SQL parameter dialog box Select the Columns tab for defining columns on the SQL View Click New button for displaying the column dialog box enter a field name and a display name or Click Add button for selecting a field Columns of query ja CMS NAME Po 3H Cancel Press OK button Select Set
91. Data XECT V8 EDITOR USER DET PHONE_TYPEID gt XECT LONGDESC 2CONF WLAN ID SP DATABASE FidelioTranslateStaticText Text Lang DatabaseParameters This function allows the translation of Reports in Translation Studio To be able to translate the report it must contain the string translation FidelioTranslateStaticText function Examples FidelioTranslateStaticText Room Reservation CONF WLAN ID SP DATABASE FidelioTranslateStaticText Trial Balance SP REPORT LANGUAGE lt SP DATABASE FidelioTranslateDate Date DateFormat Lang DatabaseParameters This function allows date translation for example if the report should be printed in English the date format should be 8th August 2003 and if it is German the date format should be 08 August 2003 The first parameter is Date the second parameter the Date Format 1 Numeric format for example DD MM YYYY 2 Short Date format 3 Long format 4 Long with day of week the third parameter is the language ID WLAN_ID and the fourth parameter the SP DATABASE Examples FidelioTranslateDate date V8_CCM_LETTER YBOM_ARRIVAL 3 CONF_WLAN_ID gt SP DATABASE Reports Reports FidelioTranslateDate CurrentDate 3 gt CONF_WLAN_ID SP DATABASE FidelioGetDeCryptMaskCCNum This function may be used to show the credit card number masked on the invoice The field name from the table or view may be entered within the parenthes
92. ER CLOSURE DETAIL rpt FCR PMS 4560 CASHIER CLOSURE rpt FCR_PMS_4562_CASHIER_CLOSURE_REPRINT rpt FCR_PMS_4563_CASHIER_CLOSURE_DETAIL_REPRINT rpt FCR_PMS_4570_REVENUE_GROSS_NET_LY rpt FCR_PMS_4571_REVENUE_GROSS_NET_VAT rpt me ile O0OO0O00000000000000000000000 M 7 Click SELECT ALL to select all the reports or select the reguired reports by selecting the checkbox next to the report name Report Sync Status Report Mame 00090900 l FCR_PMS_ 4330 RES TRACES rpt FCR_PMS_4388 RES WITH BIRTHDAY rpt FCR PMS 4389 RES SCHEDULED ROOMMOVES rpt FCR PMS 4390 RESERVATIONS CREATED rpt kuu FCR PMS 4410 FREE ROOMS TONIGHT rpt FCR PMS 4420 HEK ROOMS PER ATTEN rpt FCR PMS 4500 TRIAL BALANCE rpt 8 Click COMPARE to run a comparison ofthe reports on the selected path and the reports in the database The reports are compared and the report status is listed next to each report Reports 89 Selected Directory Path C WFidelioWNewReports Search and Filter Report Name Newer Report in DATABASE FCR_CCM_9320_CONTRACT_W_LETTER_ROOMS rpt Newer Report in the Folder FCR PMS 3210 DAY RATE CONFIG rpt Newer Report in DATABASE FCR CRM 2430 GUESTCOMMENTS rpt Newer Report in the Folder FCR PMS 4609 AR AGING REPORT 30 BY TYPE rpt Newer Report in the Folder FCR PMS 4610 AR AGING REPORT 30 ALPHA rpt Newer Report in DATABASE FCR PMS 4004 ARR SHORT INVENTORY rpt Newer Report in DATABASE FCR PMS 413
93. ESERVATION 2832 tfahnert w 07 11 11 3 46 o 07 11 11 3 49 Yes E test from info micros 33 A 11 1 Ek els AE he test from infomicros 22 test from info micros 11 test fromhotelt vgamarrik new test vgamarnik Jo koto oeo YOUR RESERVATION 2075 ha gese AFTER o Table Reservation Confirmatio D TE E Table Reservation Confirmatio 000 07 11 112 22 3 Complete the search criteria and click the SEARCH button All emails meeting the search criteria entered are displayed 4 Select the required email and click the DETAILS button to display the Email Report screen 258 Logs E3 Email Report Sender hotel 1 pmsi addmail int Send again To racet worldwide com CC BCC Subject OUR RESERVATION 1982 Send as Attachment os Body Format Text HTML RESERVATION CONFIRMATION 1982 Thank you for your reservation at the Micros Fidelio Demo Pro Reservation for Mr Ralph Aceti arriving on 01 11 11 is book Your Confirmation Number is 19682 As you have guaranteed this reservation your room will be he All of our bedrooms and suites feature the latest in room tecl 1 hope that you will have the opportunity to experience Brass Check in time is 14 00 hours We look forward to welcoming yo If you need any further information please do not hesitate to The email was not sent Number of attempts 0 5 Click SEND AGAIN to re send the email click PRINT to prin
94. Error Log file displays detailed information used mainly by support to track and find the source of the errors Details include the date local time user version database workstation and file location Logs 293 ES Errors Reported in the Database Sox oe y 4 Show only unread Date From 01 10 2011 x Show errors only for this user N MarkasRead Date To 31 10 20 11 v L Show errors only for this terminal A Mark as Unread r hk Mark ALL as Read Log Entries Error Log File Die Mark ALL Unread Attn User Attn Terminal Time Description Read By Rea AX Interface On DE 8 NB10 007 unassig 22 10 11 10 26 24 AM 010 W1001 Arrival date 10 11 2007 of the reservation r A Interface On DE B NB10 007 unassig 22 10 11 10 29 25 AM 010 W1001 Arrival date 10 11 2007 of the reservation r AM Interface On DE B NB10 007 unassig 22 10 11 10 31 04 AM 010 W1001 Arrival date 10 11 2007 of the reservation r AX Interface On DE B NB10 007 unassig 22 10 11 10 51 05 AM 010 W1001 Arrival date 10 11 2007 of the reservation r A Interface On DE B NB10 007 unassig 22 10 11 10 55 04 AM 010 W1001 Arrival date 10 11 2007 of the reservation r A Interface On DE 8 NB 10 007 unassig 23 10 118 31 29 AM 010 W1001 Arrival date 10 11 2007 of the reservation r AM Interface On DE 8 NB 10 007 unassig 23 10 11 9 05 21 AM 010 W1001 Arriva
95. Key Rights Defines the interface rights from the interface submenu for key rights The interface rights work in conjunction with the reservation rights you need to select RESERVATION and one of the reservation display options FIRST PAGE ATTRIBUTES Or SPECIAL ATTRIBUTE PAGE After configuring the IFC Submenu this option can be selected and all existing rights will be copied from the Interface Submenu to the Marketing Info section so that the rights are available for selection on the reservation edit screen TV Rights Defines the interface rights from the Check YES interface submenu for TV Rights Blank NO After configuring the IFC submenu this option can be selected so that the rights are available for selection on the reservation edit screen This option is useful if a video system is installed that supports different pricing Note The attribute category must be defined as a single selection box Minibar Rights Defines the interface rights for Check YES minibar systems This works in the Blank NO same way as the TV rights Note The attribute category must be defined as a single selection box Video Rights Defines the interface rights for video Check YES systems This works in the same Blank NO way as the TV rights 99 100 Note The attribute category must be defined as a single selection box Booking Event Booking Defines that the list box will be Check YES displayed on the booking master
96. L On the FORMAT menu click INDENTATION AND SPACING In the VALUE box enter a different value Click the UPDATE button In the VALUE box enter the original value again Click the UPDATE button 10 Click the OK button 11 Adjust the alignment for the text block as they will all be set to the same level Se ES 12 Click SAVE on the FILE menu to save the template Reports 13 Click CLOSE on the FILE menu to exit the Internal Editor screen 14 Click OK to exit the Report Edit screen How to use family greeting on letters Create the default query 1 Reports On the CONFIGURATION menu click MISCELLANEOUS and then select DEFAULT QUERIES FOR INTERNAL EDITOR The section roles are listed on the left hand side and the QUERY ALIASES for the selected role listed on the right hand side Select the SECTION ROLE where family greeting should be used Click New to display the Query Alias dialog box E Query Alas cola a C Query 3 Cancel In the ALIAS NAME enter FAM_ADR Enter the following SQL QUERY SELECT DECODE CONF_GREETINGTYPE 1 DECODE XCMS TYPE 1 XCMS_NAME1 DECODE XCMS_NAME2 NULL DECODE XC MS_NAME3 NULL CHR 10 XCMS_NAME3 DECODE XCMS_NAME3 NULL CHR 1 0 XCMS_NAME2 CHR 10 XCMS_NAME2 CHR 10 XCMS_NAME3 DECODE N VL NVL XCID FAM ADDRGREET XCID ADDRGREET NVL XCID FAM ADDRGREET XCID ADDRGREET CHR 10 TRIM DECODE N VL XCID FAM NAME NVL XCMS NAMES 7 NVL
97. L STACK tab in the lower part of the screen to view where in the program the error occurred Logs 255 gA EurekaLog Viewer 2 0 10 Fideliov8_MORVEN WIN7 elf Password Exception Date Exception Class Exception Message Compilation Date local Version 2011 11 08 15 54 22 EFidOradeError 2011 09 07 21 16 09 2011 11 08 15 34 08 8 9 0 3 00 EFidOracleError ss 2011 09 07 21 16 09 20 11 11 08 15 33 46 i EFidOradeError 20 11 09 07 21 16 09 2011 11 06 11 04 35 EAccessViolation 2011 10 18 06 23 30 2011 11 06 11 03 25 E ccessViolation 2011 09 07 21 16 09 2011 11 06 11 02 59 i EAccessViolation 2011 09 07 21 16 09 OLE Handle Name Description Version Size Modified Path 001C0000 FidelioToWords Micros Fidelio Suite 8 3 9 0 3 56 832 2011 09 07 C Fidelio Program39 00370000 mexhook dll 3 7 4 1 181 248 2008 06 11 C Program Files Macro Express3 a 00400000 fidellov8 exe Micros Fidelio Suite 8 8 9 0 3 49 615 2011 09 07 CC FideliolProgram89 EF 06880000 fidelioerror dll Micros Fidelio Suite 8 8 9 0 3 617 473 2011 09 07 C Fidelio Program 9 EF 07880000 fideliodatabase Micros Fidelio Suite 8 8 9 0 3 1 982 976 2011 09 07 C VFideliolProaramaa 4403500000 fidelioGlobalstat Micros Fidelio Suite 8 8 9 0 3 2 143 744 2011 09 07 C WFidelioProgram89 A osec0000 oranliidll Orade SOL Net ORANL DLL 11 2 0 1 397 312 2010 03 31 D loradel11 2 0 DATABASE bin Mos 40000 AEA 11 4 Orade SOL Net ORANTCP
98. M Demonstration St Number of copies on secondary printer 0 05 10 11 2 49 45 PM Demonstration St 02 10 11 1 36 22 PM Demonstration St Night audit options None v 02 10 11 10 39 13 AM Demonstration 02 10 11 10 38 49 AM Demonstration 7 Language selection on run Security level v External ID 4 TT Default Value RES STATUS RES STATUS SORT ORDER SORT ORDER Definitive CHECKED IN CHECKED IN SP REPORTNAME SP REPORTNAME SP PRINTUSER SP PRINTUSER SP HOTELNAME SP HOTELNAME l SP PRINTGRAY SP PRINTGRAY VI Invisible Prompt system parameter on run Cancel Night Audit 41 42 In the NIGHT AUDIT OPTIONS BOX SELECT FROM THE FOLLOWING OPTIONS NONE the report will not be printed or exported EXPORT AND PRINT the report will be printed and exported to the report storage path defined in the configuration EXPORT ONLY the report will be exported to the report storage path defined in the configuration PRINT ONLY the report will be printed 4 Click OK to save the changes and exit the Report Edit screen Note When running the shift reports process the following message will be displayed Night Audit Export path does not exist Reports will be exported to C if night audit reports are configured to be exported but no REPORT STORAGE PATH is defined in the configuration The location for exported night audit reports is defined via the option REPORT STORAGE PATH under Setup Configuration Global Settings Night Au
99. MN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMN group lagEventStandardMEnus dbname table YEMI dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventstandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems Appendix laChgEventSMICourse laChgEventSMICourseOrder laChgEventSMliVintage llaChgEventSMIMinAmount llaChgEventSMIMaxAmount laChgEventSMIPortion laChgEventSMIForecastCode laChgEventSMI Description laChgEventSMIName laChgEventSMILongDes2 laChgEventSMILongDes3 laChgEventSMILongDes4 laChgEventSMIOrigin laChgEventSMIOrigin2 laChgEventSMIOrigin3 laChgEventSMISalePrice laChgEventSMIDeptCode laChgEventSMIFoodOr Beverage laChgEventSMIRespDept laChgEventSMIQty llaChgEventSMISpecial Price tlogactivity lavalue 278 name lang Menu Item Course tlogactivity lavalue 279 name lang Menu Item Course Order tlogactivity lavalue 280 name lang Menu Item Year tlogactivity lavalue 281 name lang Ev
100. NTACT_XCMS_ID CONF_CONTACT_XCMS_ID Calas CONF ADDRGREET CONF_GREETINGTYPE CONF_GREETINGTYPE CONF_LETTGREET CONF LETTGREET Data type String v CONF_WLAN_ID CONF_WLAN_ID p CONF_XADR_ID CONF_XADR_ID Down CONF_XCMS_ID CONF_XCMS_ID CONF_XCOM_ID CONF_XCOM_ID CONF_YGRP_ID CONF_YGRP_ID CONF_YRES_ID CONF_YRES_ID SP_HOTELADDRESS SP_HOTELADDRESS SP_HOTELCITY SP_HOTELCITY SP_HOTELCOUNTRY SP_HOTELCOUNTRY SP_HOTELEMAIL SP_HOTELEMAIL SP_HOTELFAX SP_HOTELFAX SP_HOTELNAME SP_HOTELNAME SP_HOTELTELEFON SP_HOTELTELEFON SP_HOTELWEB SP_HOTELWEB SP_HOTELZIPCODE SP_HOTELZIPCODE SP_LANGID SP_LANGID SP_LETTERUSER SP_LETTERUSER SP_PRINTUSER SP_PRINTUSER SP_REPORT_LANGUAGE SP_REPORT_LANGUAGE SP_USER_ID SP_USER_ID Cancel 13 Click OK to close the Report Edit dialog box The report is now listed on the main reports screen Sections and sub sections dialog box The short description for the section or sub Up to 3 section alphanumeric values Up to 30 alphanumeric characters Section role The role of the section defines where in the Select from module the print out is possible list box Source type Defines the type of report Select from CRYSTAL REPORTS Crystal Report files RPT list box TEXT FORMAT TEMPLATE Forms created using the Internal Editor Functionality RTF OLAP Cuse An Olap structure created from the operational data Olap is an acronym for On Line Analytical Processing Olap takes a snapshot of a relational
101. NewBooking laDeleteBooking laCopyBooking laChgBookProfile laChgBookContact laChgBookContactOnSite laChgBookName laChgBookEArrDate laChgBookArrDate laChgBookDepDate laChgBookLDepDate laChgBookConfOnly llaChgBookRoomsOnly laChgBookAccountMgr llaChgBookMainMarket laChgBookMarketSegment laChgBookSource laChgConferenceStatus laChgBookConfMgr laChgBookPaxNumber laChgBookDecisionDate tlogActivity lavalue tlogactivity lavalue tlogactivity lavalue tlogactivity lavalue Name tlogactivity lavalue Name tlogactivity lavalue site tlogactivity lavalue Name tlogactivity lavalue Arrival tlogactivity lavalue Date tlogactivity lavalue Date tlogactivity lavalue Departure tlogactivity lavalue tlogactivity lavalue only tlogactivity lavalue Mgr tlogactivity lavalue Market tlogactivity lavalue Segm tlogactivity lavalue tlogactivity lavalue Conference Status tlogactivity lavalue Conference Mgr tlogactivity lavalue 60 name lang Booking New 61 name lang Booking Delete 62 name lang Booking Copy 74 name lang Booking Company 75 name lang Booking Contact 63 name lang Booking Contact on 64 name lang Booking Booking 65 name lang Booking Earl
102. Number of copies on secondary printer Night audit options E Language selection on run Language Report information Parameter Name Default Value Name E Invisible Prompt system parameter on run 5 In the REPORT NAME box enter the name of the report Click OK the Report Edit dialog box is displayed with the Report File tab selected and the report DESCRIPTION completed Reports 63 64 Es Report Edit bo la 23 Report Report File Y OK Description e Import Confirmation Letter edt e Export Feature Parameters Properties Name E Mi Delete Caption Data type v tr Down Translation Report have to be saved first LO cance 7 Click the EDIT button The Internal Editor screen is displayed 8 Create the report template using the internal editor functionality or 9 Select OPEN on the FILE menu and locate the directory with the required report file 10 Select the report file RTF and click OPEN The report file is imported and displayed in the Internal Editor 11 Click SAVE on the FILE menu to save the document 12 Click CLOSE on the FILE menu to exit the internal editor screen The Report Edit dialog box is displayed with the Report File tab selected and the parameter information completed Reports Es Report Edit se
103. OS Revenue p 2 Email Business Klausa BMAIL AS m Options Available SOL lists the available custom SQL Statements SETUP displays the Custom SOL Statements configuration dialog box for SOL statements with the role Custom SQL grid SEARCH CLEAR clears the selected SOL view AUTO REFRESH refreshes the view automatically after the defined seconds COLUMNS The columns can be dragged to the upper field and a custom layout defined Clicking on this button gives the following options Save as user setting Reset to user setting Save as default Reset to default Remove every customization Custom SQL view 273 2 4 EXPORT the results of the SQL statement can be exported in HTML XML Excel or Text Format EXPAND the available fields are displayed selecting a field expands the display folders until the level of the selected field Columns can be dragged to the upper area They are displayed in the selected dependency When pressing expand button the fields for expanding can be selected For example selecting two columns from the SQL view such as YRES_ID YRES_XCMS_ID and selecting YRES_XCMS_ID from the Expand icon opens both fields information LA COLLAPSE collapses all folders to the uppermost level GROUP COUNT displays the number of items next to each column MAILING the results of the SQL statement can be selected for mailing The MAILING button is only available if the field MAILING_X
104. Only available if the flag Create multiguest reservations for sub members is activated and Multi guest profile functionality used The number of weeks to display Reservation in Select this option to include contracts with reservations in the selected year selected year No reservation Select this option to include contracts with no reservations in the in selected year selected year Reservation in Select this option to include contracts with reservations in the following year following year No Reservation Select this option to include contracts with no reservations in the in following following year year YEAR Enter the ID number Contract No Enter the contract number The most important filter is the Year selection All information displayed in the grid is refreshed and changed according to the selected year Selecting the More Filter Option displays the following additional search criteria With this information Length The length of the contract Vacation Sharing Search by maintenance rate code Reserv rate Search by reservation rate code Room type Search by room type Room Enter the room number when searching for a specific vacation member Market code Exception in Search for contracts with exception in the selected year selected year No Exception is Search for contracts with no exception in the selected year selected year Exception in Search for contracts with exception in the following year followi
105. Oracle Hospitality Suite8 Miscellaneous User Manual Release 8 9 July 2015 ORACLE Copyright O 1987 2015 Oracle and or its affiliates All rights reserved This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law you may not use copy reproduce translate broadcast modify license transmit distribute exhibit perform publish or display any part in any form or by any means Reverse engineering disassembly or decompilation of this software unless required by law for interoperability is prohibited The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error free If you find any errors please report them to us in writing If this software or related documentation is delivered to the U S Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U S Government then the following notice is applicable U S GOVERNMENT END USERS Oracle programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation delivered to U S Government end users are commercial computer software pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency specific supplemental regulations As such use duplication disclosure modification and adaptation of the
106. Posting messages and events from the rate query and from calendar events in Suite8 to the Social Network Platforms Twitter and Facebook is supported Twitter is a social networking and micro blogging service owned and operated by Twitter Inc which enables its users to send and read other users messages called tweets Tweets are text based posts of up to 140 characters displayed on the author s profile page Tweets are publicly visible by default however senders can restrict message delivery to their friends list Users may subscribe to other author tweets this is known as following and subscribers are known as followers All users can send and receive tweets via the Twitter website the service is free Facebook is a social networking web site operated and privately owned by Facebook Inc Users can add people as friends and send them messages and update their personal profiles to notify friends about themselves Additionally users can join networks organized by workplace school or college The property has to have an account on Twitter or Facebook or both and activate these under Global Settings gt Generic 4 tab From the Rate Query a rate can be selected by pressing Post Networks button a report is generated The message is displayed in a text box and can be edited Post is performed by pressing Twitter or Facebook button Calendar Events How to post a message from the calendar events 1 Select CALENDAR EVENTS from the Miscellaneous
107. R EE DE we ee ie ee 80 Be RR HE EE HELE ER EE OR EE ES 86 POLE REDONI 2500708 ERGE PER OOO 87 Report VAN EO ZA lon nda Ve EN EEEE N EE vi lakata 88 Report Usen 92 EMA Contimation Leti Suena oca 93 Error message with lookup queries and SP Parameters esse esse es see ee ee 96 Simple AS OMIMASSTOMIKEPOFE tada aadel iii 96 EEL ME DOL os Me eee aaa 104 MAA A e eee a o 109 lerna Editor DOSE aa sama A AAA ATA 116 Crean a NEW GUC ua 120 GOUPO T EX ea AAA 122 Internal Editor Tips a ee ey 124 tar Codes sed Versions 0 and sad 129 Erystalana Internal Editor FURCUONS usina 131 Sy VOG RE ER EE OE EO OE 133 The SUE KS urna 136 The Cube Desi ner ii ek atin 143 Creatine calculated measures pin ali abide 148 D gt Report Procedures A A A aaa 161 Company SUS UE siii 161 6 Calendar Events ee ueuebeusueubivaueutateuceutveneemicenes 177 New Calendar Events ts iaa 179 Eike Farticipants toa Calendar Eve tandas 183 Copymea Calendar EVEN sesse se ie AE SUE EE GER DE 185 Ediline a Calendar Even sesse ese ss ae talaari taal ee de ie ee EG 186 Deletmea Calendar Event ainia 187 Post Calendar Event to a Social Nels esse se een VER ds it tia 188 7 Chanse PASS W OL des dese ee N ee A A 193 8 US SESSIONS EER N DE Ge mahla ak aa aa kaka hk ee De 195 EE sl EE N EE RE EE sai 195 gt sei el SS A N EA DE EE 197 10 Interface PANCHOINS e 203 Guest RO NE sie N N GR ee Ee ed Ds Gis Da NEE re EG 204 Wake U EE ME AA n NEER EO KERE ee 208 Group Wake UP Calle
108. Report Edit screen Synchronization Options Select all Selects all reports Unselect all Clears all the selected reports Newer in Directory Selects all reports in the selected directory with a newer date than in the database Newer Report in the folder Newer in Database Selects all reports in the database with a newer date than in the selected directory Newer Report in Database Not Exists in Selects all reports which exist in the database but do not exist Directory in the selected directory Report does not exists in the folder Empty Binary Field Selects all reports which do not exist in the database but exist in the selected directory New Reports Selects all new reports New Report Reports 91 Report Status status IBefingen O OO OOOO Identical The report in the database is identical to the report in the selected directory Newer report in the The report in the selected directory is newer than the report in Folder selected the database directory Newer report in The report in the database is newer than in the selected DATABASE directory Report does not The report exists in the database but not in the selected exist in Folder directory selected directory New Report The report exists in the selected directory but not in the database The section for imported reports is defined via the option REPORT IMPORT SECTION under Setup Configuration Global Settings Reports Reports tab
109. Roam Revenue Prie Type Travel Agent To Date 011011 From Dat FOR PMS 4589 2410M1 Humber of Nighta counted for Commission HTML Reports HTML Reports used on Mobile Status amp Suite8 home page can now also run and be created from the Suite8 reports menu How to import an HTML report 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed 2 In the report tree on the left hand side of the screen select the report section the HTML report is to be imported to The SOURCE TYPE of the section must be defined as HTML 3 Click the NEw button to display the Report Edit dialog box 104 Reports Report Report File Number of copies on primary printer Number of copies on secondary printer Night audit options E Language selection on run Language Report information Parameter Name Default Value Name E Invisible Prompt system parameter on run 5 In the REPORT NAME box enter the name of the report Click OK the Report Edit dialog box is displayed with the Report File tab selected and the report DESCRIPTION completed Reports 105 Description Table Reservation Status 7 Click the EDIT button The Html Report Designer dialog box is displayed 106 Reports 8 Click IMPORT or the browse button locate the Suite8 HTML directory 9 Select the required HTML report file and click OPEN The report file is im
110. SC ZDCO LONGDESC ZDMG_LONGDESC ZDMG_SHORTDESC The third screen is used to configure dimensions SRPD_DATE DataSet ZDMG_LONGDESC Type 7DCG LONGDESC O FactData 0 Table O SQL 7DCO_NUMERICDESC ZDCO LONGDESC The fourth screen is used to configure measures 144 Reports E Cube Designer Configure Measures GROSSREVD GROSSREVDLY Alias GROSSREVM Calc type GROSSREVYLY Format string The last screen is used to configure the Cube El Cube Designer o E3 Cube Settings Some spedal PivotCube settings Always save count information uncheck that option to decrease cube size Starting map configuration Dimension Columns Measures GROSSREVD Hide empty columns A GROSSREVDLY GROSSREVM GROSSREVMLY Hide empty rows GROSSREWY vw GROSSREVILY SRPD DATE ZDMG_LONGDESC ZDCG_LONGDESC ZDCO NUMERICDESi ZDCO_LONGDESC C Bo not build cube after exit Cancel Use the Back and Forward Buttons to scroll through the different configuration screens of the Cube Designer Defining Cube Fact Data Query Run Parameters and their properties The CUBE FACT DATA QUERY contains the data query for the cube for example SELECT shis SHIS GROSSROOMREV AVG GROSSROOMREV FROM shis WHERE shis SHIS WDAT DATE gt DATEFROM and shis SHIS WDAT DATE lt DATETO Reports 145 In this example data will be retrieved from the statistics table for the entered date range The RUN PARAMETERS define th
111. SS e DE IE Ee me Facebook Defines if a Facebook account is used Check YES For Facebook no login credentials are Blank NO stored Reset Access This is used to log out the Suite8 user Click the button Token from Facebook Twitter Defines if a Twitter account is used Check YES Blank NO Reset Access This is used to log out the user from Click the button Twitter bit ly Activates bit ly the URL shortcut Check YES redirecting service with real time link Blank NO tracking to Suite8 home page bookings The user and the provided API Key have to be entered The User for bit ly Mer API Key The API key provided by bit ly Check YES Blank NO Miscellaneous Reports Under reports create two sections For the Rate Ouery the section role is Social Networks Rate Report For Calendar Events the section role of the report is Social Networks Events Report Multiple templates are allowed supporting various styles of message layout The URL address of the properties web site can be posted by using the function ShortenURL Social Media Network Interaction can only be configured by users with the Right MANAGE SETTINGS assigned under Setup Configuration Users Rights Social Networks Posting to Social Network Platforms is controlled by the Right Post under Setup gt Configuration Users Rights Social Networks Prerequisites Registrations on the flowing services are needed www twitter com Twi
112. STORE REPORTS under Setup Configuration Global Settings Night Audit The reports generated during night audit are then accessible via the Miscellaneous drop down menu under Logs User Log Night Audit Reports The viewing of night audit reports is controlled by the user right VIEW REPORTS under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Night Audit Error log This option may be used to display the error log which details all the errors that have been reported in the database and is accessible via the option LOGS on the MISCELLANEOUS menu Error messages received in Suite 8 are tracked and logged in the error log file FIDELIOV8_COMPUTERNAME ELF which is created automatically per workstation when an error occurs The error log file is stored in the location defined for the DEFAULT LOG DIRECTORY in the configuration The details in the Fideliov8_computername elf error file can be viewed using the error log file viewer program EurekaLog Viewer which is available on the FTP How to view the error log 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select LOGS The various types of logs available are listed User Log Error Log Email Log SMS Log Translation Import Log Application Error Log Phone Call Log 2 Select ERROR LOG The error log screen is displayed divided into two sections each one represented by a tab Log Entries opened by default this displays all errors reported in the database
113. Sr Time Interval Time Interval Days to show From 06 11 2011 06 11 2011 y m All days 1 No ofdays 8 E To 13 11 2011 dear No of days 8 OB Days to skip Both To 13 11 2011 Refresh Difference Day of month Number of Adults Number of Children Occupied Rooms Total Rooms of H Out of Order Rooms Walk in Rooms Arrival Rooms Departure Rooms Arrival Adults Arrival Children Departure Adults Departure Children Total Gross Reve Total Net Revenue ici T Labets Use left and right mouse buttons to zoom and scrol Total Beds of Hotel i Repeating Guests Reservations cre Reservations can Arrival Adults To Departure Adults Arrival Rooms To Denarture Rooms The dates for entering the budget figures are entered in the TIME INTERVAL section on the left hand side of the screen 3 Type the starting date for the budget in the From box or click the drop down arrow and select a date from the calendar 4 Type the number of days for which you want to enter the budget in the No OF DAYS box Or 5 Type the end date in the To box or click the drop down arrow and select a date from the calendar 6 Select the entry for which you want to enter a budget figure and press ENTER or double click in the VALUE box Number of Adults 100 Number of Adults Number of Adults Number of Children 20 Occupied Rooms 60 Total Rooms of Hotel 136
114. T NETWORKS DIALOG BOX 2 Select the Facebook Event tab the Facebook Event dialog box is displayed R Post to Social Networks Options Past Facebook Event Event Description Jazz Night Start Date 18 12 2011 12 00 Al End Date 18 12 2011 12 00 Al E Facebook Twitter 25 Log Out 2 Log Out User Name Libretto Suiteeightdew User Name mfdemoprogram 3 Verify the Event Description 4 Check the Start and End Dates Click the Facebook button to post the event on the Facebook wall and create an event on Facebook events Using bit ly When activating bit ly the URL shortcut redirecting service with real time link tracking to Suite8 home page bookings the user and the provided API Key have to be entered under Global Settings Suite8 home page can be opened with parameters when using the redirection service in the post message for rates for example allows opening the booking page on Suite8 home page directly with the parameters Example http localhost v8Client inquiry aspx date 27 07 2010 amp nights 1 amp adults 1 Please note The redirection service bit ly for URL shortening is only available for Suite8 home page How to configure Social Media Network Interaction Activate the account under Global Setting Generic 4 Tab Calendar Events 191 FaceBook Reset Access Twitter Reset Access W bit ly User mfdemoprogram API Key EER HERE HE RE EE DE AE ER AAA
115. To lagPostings laPostingRebate tlogactivity lavalue 440 name lang Posting dbname table ZPOS group Rebate lagPostings laPostingAdjustment tlogactivity lavalue 441 name lang Posting dbname table POS group Adjustment lagPostings laPostingNegative tlogactivity lavalue 442 name lang Posting dbname table POS group Negative lagPostings Interface Actions laMakeRoomKey tlogactivity laValue 89 name lang Make Room dbname table YRMS group Key laglfcActions laDeleteRoomKey tlogactivity laValue 90 name lang Deactivate dbname table YRMS group Room Key laglfcActions Appendix 285 laWakeupSet laWakeupDelete laChgGuestlfcRights NaChangeTrack2StoreOption laEFT Actions tlogactivity laValue 91 name lang Set Wakeup tlogactivity laValue 92 name lang Delete Wakeup tlogactivity laValue 335 name lang Change IFC Guest Rights tlogactivity laValue 59 name lang Change Do Not Store Track2 Option tlogactivity laValue 112 name lang EFT dbname table laglfcActions dbname table laglfcActions dbname table laglfcActions dbname table laglfcActions dbname table IRMS group IRMS group IRMS group YRCL group YRES group Authorization laglfcActions Bookings 286 la
116. YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems dbname table YEBR group lagEventCateringltems 291 292 llaChgEventCISpecialPrice Standard Menu laChgEventNewSM laChgEventDeleteSM laChgEventSMCopy NaChgEventSMNotesDelete laChgEventSMName laChgEventSMConBase laChgEventSMInclPackage laChgEventSMGratutylncl laChgEventSMPrice laChgEventSMQty laChgEventSMComplementary laChgEventSMExpPeople laChgEventSMGaurPeople laChgEventSMNoOfSets laChgEventSMServeStart laChgEventSMServeEnd laCh
117. _FREETEXTS LF ZWIN FREETEXT4 for the line feed ALL FREETEXT LF for all 4 lines together Place the reguired fields in the folio using double click Click Save on the FILE menu to save the document Click CLOSE on the FILE menu to exit the Internal Editor screen y ES N Click OK to save the changes and exit the Report Edit screen How to access the Text amp Card dialog box 1 Click the CASHIER menu and select BILLING or press CTRL B The Cashier Login screen is displayed 2 Enter your CASHIER NUMBER and PASSWORD click LOGIN The billing search screen is displayed 3 Select the required reservation and double click or click the SELECT button to display the guest folio 4 Select the window to be edited and right click to display the short cut menu Select EDIT SELECTED WINDOW to display the Billing Window Setup dialog box The Billing Window Setup dialog box is split into two tabs DETAILS displays the source and details of whom the invoice is being sent to including the Profile Address Contact Default Folio style and Window Type TEXT amp CARD displays the credit card details attached to the reservation and the blank lines may be used to enter additional information such as the PO Number or Voucher Number which can then be printed on the guest folio 6 Click OK to close the Billing Window Setup City Ledger Information If the parameter ALLOW SEPARATE FOLIO NUMBERS FOR CITY LEDGER Folios is active and the City
118. able under Group Reservation when editing the group and selecting Group Options gt Set Guest IFC rights From this menu the same filter criteria as on the interface submenu are available and the configured rights can be applied to the entire Group by pressing Set for whole group button Additional rights can be configured via the options ATTRIBUTE CATEGORIES and MARKETING INFO under Setup Configuration CRM Additional rights can be configured via the option INTERFACE RIGHTS under Setup Configuration Miscellaneous gt Interface Attributes Wake Up This option may be used to view existing wake up calls and enter new wakeup calls for single or multiple extensions and is accessible via the option INTERFACE FUNCTIONS on the Miscellaneous menu Existing wakeup calls can be filtered by criteria such as Active Wake Up Calls Successful Wake Up Calls or Deleted Wake Up Calls 208 Interface Functions How to view existing wakeup calls 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select INTERFACE FUNCTIONS The available interface options are displayed R Active interface list for wakeup functions lo FIAS DID Test Select PayTW Prodac PPC A Select 2 Select WAKE UP the Wakeup interface screen is displayed E Wakeup FIAS DID Test Extension 3 Active wakeups Unsuccessful wakeups Wakeup Date b1 12 2011 tl aa Deleted wakeups In the EXTENSION box select specific extensions if required 4
119. ame lang Reservation walkin tlogactivity lavalue 44 name lang Reservation color tlogactivity lavalue 45 name lang Reservation Room features tlogactivity lavalue 46 name lang Reservation check out tlogactivity lavalue 55 name lang Reservation no post flag tlogactivity lavalue 56 name lang Reservation print rate flag tlogactivity lavalue 57 name lang Reservation adult tax free flag dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES
120. amp B Revenue cai O a EF Net FEB Revenue Value T H k EF Gross Extra Revenue Operation E Hk EF Net Extra Revenue ha EF Gross Total Revenue hel UF Net Total Revenue Filter by Map cells ke tE No Shows Enabled Min value Eb iF Cancellations Enabled Max value hy EF Persons H k Be Gross Avr Room Rate EE EE H k Be Net Avr Room Rate Enabled Min value H k F Gross Room Per Person Enabled Max value i k Re Net Room Per Person ki Be Gross FB Per Person i he Be Net F amp amp B Per Person i k Re Gross Extra Per Person H k Be Net Extra Per Person i k Re Gross Total Per Person IE k Re Met Total Per Person 7 Select a measure and click the CALCULATE button to display the Calculated measures manager dialog box Reports 155 Calculated measures Met Room Per Person Gross FB Per Person RUNNING TOTAL BY COL RUNNING TOTAL BY ROW 8 Click the ADD NEW MEASURE button Add new measure Mees O 9 Enter a name for the measure for example Total Room Rev Net and then click OK 156 Reports Calculated measures manager Calculated measures Delete calculated measure Available measures YDET_NOOFROOMS GROSSROOMREV NETROOMREV 10 Remove the Calculation formula begin Result end 11 Select the required measures from the available measures for this example select DEV ROOM REV NET and click te Available measures
121. ample Arrival los f11 2011 Notes Category see usr Puen GE G Departure lo7 11 2011 RE EE M Dele of rooms 1 Adults 1 Room type Double Room Room Rate code Local Corporate Amount 90 00 7 Details Res type Def 1 Tent E Manual price Group Guarantee c id Room features Colour Billing Info Remarks Days gt Billing User Settings Option fiin 0000 Control on Billing search after loading guest data Clear General Select this option to clear the entries in the general filter on Filters the billing search screen upon closing a folio after check out or pressing the escape button on an open folio For example if the parameter is selected and search criteria are entered in the general filter after opening and then closing the required folio the billing search screen is re displayed and the general search filters will have been cleared Cursor control Controls the cursor behaviour on the billing search screen upon closing a folio after check out or pressing the escape button on an open folio The possible choices are Do nothing the cursor selection bar will stay on the selected field and can be controlled with either the mouse or the up and down arrows Jump to Room Number the cursor will stay on the selected room number Reload list the cursor will always jump to the top of the list Print Deposit Select this option to print a deposit receipt by default R
122. and users Application and users Application and users Application and users User log out User log in V8 started User log in User log in V8 started V8 started User log in V8 started User log in V8 started V8 stopped User log out User log in V8 started V8 stopped User log out User log in V8 started V8 stopped User log out DE B NHB 10 007 DEB 10 007 DE B MB10 007 DE B MB10 007 DE B MB10 007 DE B MB10 007 DE B MB 10 007 DE B MB 10 00 7 DE B MB 10 007 DE B 4B10 007 DE B MB10 007 DE B NB 10 007 VM_BV8 XPCLIENT VM_BV8 XPCLIENT VM_BV8 XPCLIENT VM_BV8 XPCLIENT VM_BV8 XPCLIENT VM_BV8 XPCLIENT VM_BV8 XPCLIENT Unknown DE B NMB 10 007 DE B NE 10 007 3 To search for specific user log transactions complete the search criteria 4 To exit the global user log click the CLOSE button How to view the night audit log 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select LOGs The various types of logs available are listed User Log Error Log Email Log SMS Log k F Translation Import Log Application Error Log Phone Call Log Global Night Audit Night Audit Reports 2 Select USER LoG and then select NIGHT AUDIT to display the Night Audit Log The screen is split into 2 sections The upper section display a list of the night audit logs available details include the date and time the night audit was started the login name of the user who started night audit and the workstation that was used to run the night a
123. any time from within the search screen User Settings 199 Default Room Statuses Defines the room statuses to be selected by default on the event management search screen The default selection may be changed at any time from within the search screen Do not fill arrival date by default Defines if the arrival date is completed by default on the event management search screen If selected then the arrival date is blank and no bookings are displayed in the grid Default Event Statuses Defines the event statuses to be selected by default on the conference reservation search screen The default selection may be changed at any time from within the search screen Reservation User Settings Option Definition 09090900 Display message when Defines if a confirmation message is displayed each check in was successful time a check in is successful Display message when Defines if a confirmation message is displayed each check out was successful time a check out is successful Use alternative Defines if the simplified reservation edit screen is reservation edit used instead of the standard reservation edit screen On the left hand side are the basic reservation details and on the right hand side various screens can be displayed and changed via a drop down list Selecting the Billing information screen displays the invoice in HTML format with a button to access billing 200 User Settings Alternative reservation edit screen ex
124. arted lagApplicationAndUsers laV8Stopped tlogactivity lavalue 427 name lang V8 dbname table v8 group stopped lagApplicationAndUsers laV8UserLoginSuccessful tlogactivity lavalue 428 name lang User dbname table v8 group log in lagApplicationAndUsers laV8UserLoginUnSuccessful tlogactivity lavalue 429 name dbname table v8 group lang Unsuccessful user log in lagApplicationAndUsers we have a different log item already in security group laV8UserLogout tlogactivity lavalue 430 name lang User dbname table v8 group log out lagApplicationAndUsers laV8CashierLoginSuccessful tlogactivity lavalue 431 name dbname table v8 group lang Cashier log in lagApplicationAndUsers laV8CashierLoginUnSuccessful tlogactivity lavalue 432 name dbname table v8 group lang Unsuccessful cashier log in lagApplicationAndUsers llaV8CashierLogout tlogactivity lavalue 433 name dbname table v8 group lang Cashier log out lagApplicationAndUsers laDBResourceGroupError tlogactivity lavalue 443 name lang DB dbname table warn group lagWarnings Resource Group switch not successful 298 Appendix Exchange Rates laExchangeRateNew tlogactivity lavalue 463 name lang New dbname table ZXCH group lagExchangeRate laExchangeRateUpdate tlogactivity lavalue 464 name
125. as P C 4 Ideas P 1 5 Ideas 5 C Optims F C Optims F FILOSOF FILOSOF I VECOS Ex E Atoss Ex C Vdeas 1 CrMdeasV CrMdeasM CrMdeasV C deas 1 c OPTIMS c OPTIMS C TEMP R c temp B c temp P C Fidelio C Wdeas 1 C Wdeas 1 C Ideas 1 CiVdeas 1 C deas 1 OPTIMS OPTIMS daily daily daily daily daily last d lastd daily daily daily 21 12 11 9 12 19 AM Demonstration 5 DE B D W7TEST 01 10 11 21 12 11 9 10 34 AM Demonstration 5 DE B D W7TEST 02 10 11 19 12 11 3 16 59 PM Demonstration 5 DE B D WTEST 02 10 11 19 12 11 3 12 26 PM Demonstration 5 DE B D WTEST 01 10 11 19 12 11 3 03 38 PM Demonstration S DE B D W7TEST 01 10 11 19 12 11 2 58 15PM Demonstration 5 DE B D WTEST 01 10 11 04 12 11 3 13 39 PM Demonstration 5 DE B NB10 007 x 13 10 11 01 12 11 4 36 56 PM Demonstration S DE 8 MB10 007 05 11 11 28 11 11 4 57 58 PM Demonstration 5 DE B NB10 007 06 11 11 28 11 11 11 05 49 Demonstration S DE B D W7TEST 02 10 11 28 11 11 11 00 57 Demonstration 5 DE B D W7TEST 02 10 11 mdd fad AL ON NA note A DENDE LAAIE ET mid fa 4 FII 2 Select the exports reguired by clicking the check box next to the name selected exports are indicated by Click the Run MARKED button 4 The date parameter is displayed enter the reguired date and click OK
126. ay cumulated by month and year How to view and edit manual statistics 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select MANUAL STATISTICS The manual statistics screen is displayed The upper part of the screen consists of search criteria The lower part of the screen displays the search results in grid format Date from 01 01 2011 v To 31 12 2011 w Actual Query Type v ear Text 2 The DATE FROM and To default to the start and end of the current year but can be changed as required Select the TYPE of statistic from the list of defined statistic types 4 Enter any TEXT which may be contained in a statistic comment 5 Click the SEARCH button All statistics which meet the entered search criteria are displayed 6 Select the required statistic detail and click the EDIT button the Manual Statistic Edit dialog box is displayed Manual Statistics 261 Es Manual Statistic Edit TE Type Electricity Date 04 10 2011 Comment 7 Make any changes necessary 8 Click OK to save the changes or click CANCEL to exit without saving the changes How to add a manual statistic 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select MANUAL STATISTICS The manual statistics screen is displayed 2 Click NEw the Manual Statistic Edit dialog box is displayed E Manual Statistic Edit Type vale o EER Date 07 11 20 11 Comment Select the TYPE of statistic being entered from the list of defined stati
127. ayed 2 Click the REPORT FILES button to display the Report Configuration dialog box E Report Configuration mail RES BEST LRTF mail_StandardList RTF Bonus Card Bonus Card Second Side rpt Bonus Card Second Side rpt BonusCardPrintExample rpt BonusCardPrintExample rpt BonusPointStatementExample Booker Statistic by Company with Email of booker Booker Statistic by Company with Email of booker 1 Booker Statistic by Company with Email of booker Z Booking History by Arrival Date Booking History by Arrival Year Booking History by Posted Date SP_HOTELADDRESS SP_HOTELCITY SP_HOTELCITY SP_HOTELCOUNTRY SP_HOTELCOUNTRY SP_HOTELNAME SP HOTELNAME SP HOTELZIPCODE SP HOTELZIPCODE SP HOTELEMAIL SP HOTELEMAIL SP_HOTELFAX SP_HOTELFAX SP HOTELTELEFON SP HOTELTELEFON SP_HOTELWEB SP_HOTELWEB SP_LETTERUSER SP_LETTERUSER SP_PRINTUSER SP_PRINTUSER SP_REPORT_LANGUAGE SP_REPORT_LANGUAGE SP_LANGID SP_LANGID SP USER ID SP USER ID CONF XADR ID CONF XADR ID CONF XCMS ID CONF XCMS ID CONF CONTACT XCMS ID CONF CONTACT XCMS ID CONF XCOM ID CONF XCOM ID CONF WLAN ID CONF WLAN ID CONF_GREETINGTYPE CONF_GREETINGTYPE CONF_ADDRGREET 1 CONF_LETTGREET AE YGRP TD CONF YGRP TO 4 3 To import an Internal Editor Report template click the NEw button and select RTF EDITOR from the short cut menu Crystal Report Rtf Editor The Text Report Binary edit dialog box is displayed Reports 83 El Text Report Binary edit EEE De
128. be activated for each calendar event type that should be web enabled The option to display the Profile tab on a calendar event is controlled by the parameter USE ATTENDEE LIST under Setup Configuration Global Settings Generic Generic 4 tab Calendar Events The display of the Profile tab per calendar event type is controlled by the parameter USE ATTENDEE LIST under Setup Configuration Calendar Events This parameter has to be activated for each calendar event type that requires the profile tab to be displayed The public locations are defined via the option PUBLIC PLACES under Setup Configuration Miscellaneous The restaurant locations are defined via the option RESTAURANTS under Setup Configuration Table Reservations The conference room locations are defined via the option CONFERENCE Rooms under Setup Configuration CCM Function Space Definition New Calendar Event To create a new event 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select CALENDAR EVENTS The Calendar Events screen is displayed 2 Click the New button The Calendar Event dialog box is displayed divided into several sections each one represented by a tab EVENT used to define the basic calendar event details WEB used to define the short and long descriptions of the event for the Suite8 home page and mobile devices this tab is parameter controlled PICTURES used to add a picture or photograph of th
129. by Master E Total Revenue Company El Day Use E Arrivals Parameters Show Average Figures Show only active profiles Group Blocks only E Individuals only Room Rev per Person Filter 7 Persons E F amp B Rev per Person Country C Extra Rev per Person Zip Code From E Total Rev per Person Min Total Revenue 0 E Cancellations E No Shows 7 Click CALCULATE to generate the cube report 8 Select the ADVANCED check box from the column on the right hand side this will display some additional options at the top of the screen Show subtotals Show measures Show grand total Show empty rows columns 9 Select the options SHOW SUBTOTALS SHOW GRAND TOTAL and SHOW MEASURES 10 Click the Map Builder Icon B to display the Map builder dialog box The map builder dialog box shows the rows columns and dimensions values and their current link 172 Report Procedures Map builder ae Company bu E Revenue Type E La Columns La Date lL Dimensions M Value Lx Country 11 Drag the dimension Cry from the Dimensions section up to the Rows section so that City is listed first Report Procedures 173 tx a tx Company Revenue Type State Disabled Dimensions 12 With the cursor still on City click EDIT to display the Dimension editor screen for City 24 Al Visible 340 All Invisible 2 All Filtered U Cirde Shift cy Add Group kr LE Les Ulis Cedex m Delete Group
130. c embedded Graphic linked Symbol Bookmark Insert Hyperlink Field Number and Date and Page break Format Format commands Style Deactivate Style Style Catalog Create Auto Styles Indention and Spacing Numbers Tabstops Borders Align Cell Center and Graphic Options Outline Sets outline levels Include in Outline Outline Level Up and Outline Level Down It is used to insert numbers and outline text blocks Reports 117 118 Designer The designer option may be used to run the report on screen to define the layout of the report by selecting groups such as Group Start Group End Header Text and Footer and to insert or edit SQL Queries Parameters and Functions Insert Shortcut Buttons Button Definition Page break Inserts a page break in normal view a page break is shown asa dotted line Designer Shortcut Buttons en N EERDER Displays the execute report dialog box E bi Groups Start Group End Header Text or Footer group 09090900 Start Group Groups Start Group End Header Text or Footer group 09090900 Header Text or Footer group ET MA Insert a SQL Query definition KII Edit or insert a report parameter ENS Insert a data source function parameter or field Page Layout Buttons Button Definition O O Z O OoOo ES Show Gutter fo Show Codes and Bookmarks Reports Main Screen The right hand side is split into four options DATA SOURCES provid
131. calculations to be included in the report 162 Report Procedures Room Nights Average Room Rate Room Revenue F amp B Revenue Extra Revenue Total Revenue Day Use Arrivals Persons Room Rev per Person F amp 6 Rev per Person Extra Rev per Person Total Rev per Person Cancellations No Shows 12 Click the CALCULATE button The report is calculated and the Company Statistic cube report displayed The columns can be sorted by clicking on the column label Report Procedures 163 164 El Company Statistic A ER il Now 2011 Value mi Company Revenue Type Schmidt amp Partner Gn Room Nights 174 00 Average Room Rate 30 96 Room Revenue 5 387 20 F amp amp B Revenue Extra Revenue Total Revenue 5 387 20 Dap Use Arrivals Persons Room Per Person F amp amp B Per Person Extra Per Person Total Per Person Cancellations No S hows c fa El teh Print kri Export E Advanced 13 Click PRINT to print the report or click EXPORT to export the report to either an Excel 1 1 or HTML format 4 Click CLOSE to close the report 5 Click CLOSE to exit the Company Statistic screen How to display the calculated results graphically 1 2 De Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORT PROCEDURES Select COMPANY STATISTIC to display the Company Statistics screen report Click CALCULATE to display the report Click the Graphical Display icon th at the top of the screen
132. calls for in house group members and is accessible via the option INTERFACE FUNCTIONS on the Miscellaneous menu and via the option SET WAKE UP on the Options menu on the Edit Group reservation screen To set different wake up times for group members use the individual WAKE UP module Prerequisites for entering group wake up calls The license for group wake up needs to be active The group has to be checked in How to set group wake up calls via the interface functions menu 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select INTERFACE FUNCTIONS The available interface options are displayed 2 Select GROUP WAKE UP the Group Wakeup interface screen is displayed El Group Wakeup FIAS DID Test Jo e Ea All wakeups Search Active wakeups gt Unsuccessful wakeups Wakeup Date 21 12 2011 fa li Deleted wakeups Group Name Room Extension Date f Time RESULT Entered by Result by 3 In the GROUP NAME box select the group for which the wake up call should be set 4 If only specific room numbers are to receive a wake up call click the drop down arrow in the Room EXT NUMBER box to display all group members select all rooms that should receive a wake up call 5 Enter the WAKEUP DATE or select a date from the calendar 6 Enter the WAKEUP TIME 7 If the wake up call is to be set for the entire group click SET FOR WHOLE GROUP 8 If the wake up call is to be set for selected rooms click SET WAKE UP The rooms for which
133. can be re started Checked out guest with not closed folio Checking out a guest without closing the folio allows for the room to be physically vacated and the folio to be stored for check out at a later time The folios must be checked out before the night audit can be run Automatic night audit is controlled by the parameter AUTOMATIC START under Setup Configuration Global Settings Night Audit Night Audit tab The answers for the automatic night audit pre check are defined via the option ANSWERS FOR AUTOMATIC NIGHT AUDIT under Setup Configuration Night Audit Set Date This option may be used to set the Suite 8 date to a specific date and is accessible via the option Night Audit on the Miscellaneous menu The set date option may be used to set the Suite 8 date to the current calendar date on the day that Fidelio goes into live operation or may be used by seasonal properties that close during a specific season and re open some months later Various checks are made before the date is changed if any of the control checks fail then the reason for the failure is logged and the date will not be changed The following checks are made Open cashiers Financial accounts to be checked out Posting records between today and the target date Expected reservations between today and the target date CCM bookings scheduled between today and the target date How to set the date 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu a
134. collated copies are used Pages PTA All pages Selected by default all pages of the report are printed From 1 to Select this option to print from page 1 to the page number defined From To Select this option to define the range of page numbers to be printed The default primary and secondary printers for the printing of reports are defined per terminal via the print job LISTS AND REPORTS under Setup Configuration Miscellaneous Terminals amp Printers gt Print jobs on terminals The printer setup for lists and reports is defined via the option LISTS amp REPORTS PRINTER SETUP under Setup Configuration Global Settings Reports Reports tab The printing of collated copies by default is controlled by the parameter PRINT COLLATED COPIES under Setup Configuration Global Settings Reports Reports tab The applications a file can be exported to are defined via the APPLICATIONS tab under Setup Configuration Miscellaneous Terminals amp Printers Terminals Possible applications are Acrobat Reader Crystal Excel Internet Explorer and WinWord Executing a report is controlled by the user right EXECUTE under Setup gt Configuration Users User Definition Rights Reports The exporting of a Crystal or Binary report is controlled by the user right EXPORT under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Reports and under Repo
135. ct the tab BEFORE PROCESS Enter the following formula and PM_PRINTPHONENR 1 PHONE PHONE lt gt 123 124 Fi Expressions for this band lo Before Process Prepare Data Alter Process Global Variables Macros Startcode will be executed before processing the embedded data Groups Please set the result ta TRUE if the band should be processed This code wil be executed for each row You can use it to initialize the variables for the detail group and PM_PRINTPHONENR 1 PHONE PHONE lt gt Cancel 9 Click OK to save the expression 10 Place the cursor where the group should end click the DESIGNER menu and select GROUPS The Group sub menu is displayed 11 Select GRouP END the end group bar is displayed on the editor and the properties for the group are displayed in the section GROUP OPTIONS on lower right hand side of the screen The display of telephone details on the invoice is controlled by the parameter DEFAULT TO DISPLAY TELEPHONE DETAILS ON INVOICE under Setup Configuration Global Settings Billing Billing 2 tab Internal Editor Tips Detailed below are several internal editor tips How to edit a template 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R 2 Select the required template and click the EDIT button 3 Click the REPORT FILE tab and then click the EDIT button to display the report in the Internal Editor On the EDIT menu click SELECT AL
136. custom view are automatically added to the grid How to create a customised grid view for reservation search Users familiar with the Fidelio Suite8 table structure and fields can create a customised grid view for the reservation navigator This functionality is controlled by the parameter CUSTOM VIEW IN RES NAVIGATOR under Setup Configuration Global Settings Miscellaneous Search Screens 2 tab To add fields to the Grid Customization dialog box the view V8 sys CUSTOMXCMSSEARCH has to be amended Example Adding the housekeeping status to the reservation navigator How to create a customised grid view for booking search Users familiar with the Fidelio Suite8 table structure and fields can create a customised grid view for the event booking search This functionality is controlled by the parameter CUSTOM VIEW IN BOOKING SEARCH under Setup Configuration Global Settings Miscellaneous Search Screens 2 tab To add fields to the Grid Customization dialog box the view V8 SYS CUSTOMYBOMSEARCH has to be amended however it must contain the field customybomsearch_ybom_id Example How to display the function type description The view has to be changed as follows CREATE OR REPLACE FORCE VIEW V8_SYS_CUSTOMYBOMSEARCH AS SELECT ybom_id customybomsearch_ybom_id Introduction yfty_longdesc from ybom yfty where ybom_yfty_id yfty_id Customization functionality is controlled by the user right
137. d Reports 5 Group Options Text y Text Group Property Group Propertes iY Expressions always visible hal Enter the text that should appear in the relevant group after the coloured bar Header 11213 SP HOTELNAME SP HOTELADDRESS SP HOTELZIPCODE SP HOTELCITY Tel SP HOTELIELEFON Fax 5P HOTELFA EMail S5P_HOTELEMAIL Homepare SP_HOTELWEB e E NAME ADDRESSGREETINGALF ADDRESS How to suppress fields from a report In this example the field phone number should not be shown if the parameter DEFAULT TO DISPLAY TELEPHONE DETAILS ON INVOICE is disabled in the configuration 1 2 Reports Create a new report or open an existing report in the Internal Editor Place the cursor where the group should start click the DESIGNER menu and select GROUPS The Group sub menu is displayed Group Start Group End Header Text Footer Select GROUP START the start group bar is displayed on the editor and the properties for the group are displayed in the section GROUP OPTIONS on lower right hand side of the screen Select the DBALIAS PHONE Group PHONE Place the cursor in the required location on the form and then double click the field PHONENUMBER from the field list Select the GRoup PHONE and click the EXPRESSIONS button in Group Properties section on lower right hand side of the screen The Expressions for this band are displayed Sele
138. d a message is displayed advising that the report file is used in reports Reports 5 R Validation error The following errors occured Report File is used in Reports Click CLOSE to close the message If the report file is not in use then a message to confirm the deletion is displayed Confirmation 6 Click YES to delete the report 7 Click CLOSE to close the Report Configuration screen Deleting a report file is controlled by the user right DELETE under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Reports Binary Reports Export Report This option may be used to export a Crystal report file to a network or local path and is accessible via the REPORT FILES option on the Reports screen How to export a report file 1 Reports Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed Click REPORT FILES to display the Report Configuration dialog box Search for and locate the Crystal report to be exported Click the EXPORT REPORT button The Browse for Folders dialog box is displayed Select the required path to export the file and click OK A message is displayed confirming that the file has been exported Fidelio Suite 8 Export is finished OR Click OK to close the message Click CLOSE to close the Report Configuration screen 87 88 Exporting a report file is controlled by the user right ExPORT u
139. d automatically Two options are available Night Audit Start Night Audit End This functionality is controlled by the parameter ALLOW TO SEND SEPARATE NIGHT AUDIT START END NOTIFICATIONS under Setup Configuration Global Settings Interfaces Interface 1 tab Interface Functions 11 External Applications This option may be used to access shortcuts to various external applications from with Suite 8 such as Calculator MS Word and MS Excel and is accessible via the option EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS on the MISCELLANEOUS menu How to access external applications 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS The external application links defined are displayed Calculator Ctrl Alt z2 MF POSS Corl Alt M 2 Select the application required The application is opened in a separate window The programs listed under this option are defined via the option EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS under Setup Configuration Miscellaneous External Applications 223 Budget 12 Budget Manager Report Budget This option may be used to enter view and compare budget figures with actual occupancy figures from the daily statistics and is accessible via the option BUDGET on the MISCELLANEOUS menu A daily value can be entered for each budget criteria for a specific day or for a selected date range The budget is displayed in grid format according to the selected criteria with the option to also view the figures in a
140. d in user user language customised htm files for all users or language specific htm files for all users The priority Suite8 uses to determine which file to use is in the sequence as listed Customised htm file by user initials To display a customised htm file by user initials the htm file has to be called USR_USERINTIALS_HTMFILENAME HTM Example For a user with the initials DS the file has to be called usr ds guickinfo htm Customised htm file by user language To display a customised htm file by user language the htm file has to be called CUST LANG LANGUAGE SHORT DESCRIPTION OUICKINFO HTM Example If the language short description is F for French the user has to select this language under User Settings Startup Language and thefile such as guickinfo htm has to be called cust lang f guickinfo htm Customised version for all users To display a customised version of htm files for all users the html files have to be called CUST_HTMLFILENAME HTM Example cust_quickinfo htm Introduction 23 24 Customised version by language To display a customised version by language the html files have to be called LANG SHORT DESCRIPTION OF THE LANGUAGE HTMLFILE HTM Example lang f guickinfo htm where f stands for the short description of the language If none of these files can be found then the standard htm file is displayed How to hide or show expressions depending on activated features or license The follo
141. d into user definable sections and sub sections ee All Reports 3 A Log5 Sn Lost amp Found n Maintenance see Logbook E Table Resource Reservation m Arrivals is Guests in House l ee Departures F Reservations Reservation Cube Reports oo Housekeeping E Financial Financial Cube Reports see City Ledger l Travel Agents E Statistics Miscellaneous E Point of Sales POS8 Profiles Tasks amp Activities Miscellaneous kid 2 Pointto any report section and right click to display the shortcut menu select EDIT Add gt Edit Delete Translate The Sections dialog box is displayed 55 96 8 Sections Code COG Description Confirmation Letters Section role Confirmation Letter source type Text Format template Print job Confirmation Letters security level 1 All Reports Hotel segment The SECTION ROLE has to match the type of reports forms and templates that will be contained in that section The SOURCE TYPE indicates the type of report Text Format Template to create or print reports written with the Internal Editor Crystal Report to create or print reports written with Crystal Reports Olap Cube to create or print Cube Reports HTML Report to create load or print an HTML Report The PRINT JoB has to match the type of reports forms and templates that will be printed The SECURITY LEVEL indicates the security level for this repo
142. d services from third parties Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third party content products and services Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss costs or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third party content products or services Contents SEA EO OE EO dadada ES 7 E TTE E AE DE EE EO IE 7 Customer SAD DOLL EE ED ae ne ae a 7 Documenta Oli 7 ES et te olie Vaea EA AN 7 L Introduction dia 9 Loco me kn A 9 Miscellanegus Shorteut Dala aa 10 NAVAIR ATION SOY art A aan Raat anus Rates aes 12 Usine the blue drill COW Marrow uta 13 ELENA Ino EE OE LA 14 elt Ie Side KOSS an OE EE i aaa a EA na 17 IDAS DO Sisi EE N EE EA 19 Chance the Se AE EE N EE au 19 Custome iNe oues Grid se EE a a 20 Customisine tie HTML display aid 23 KAVOUTI LES RE NE EE ER 24 Logging off Exiting Suite8 and Locking the Station ees ees ee ee ee ee ee 25 2 NP 11297580 75 1 JAA POP A 27 Rinne INie lt AU i EE nas 28 NI A GATE Reports se ee EE De la aim A1 Aoma HE NIE MAHI Eeo annae solida 42 AB A AA A A daaoeuwseaaoe ess 43 A E EEEE aula ded 45 4 Reports vr a AA ei 53 Report eens ia 94 NEw REPO EA NG Ine Perce ere a aaa OE mnt UF mya aaa ee 59 ENTRES dd er 68 Delete a repo adan 71 COPY or move are PO Saa a aaasta 72 E xecutune a report aa li acca sata taal aasal 72 RE E Eesmaa a EE lalia 78 NeW Edit RED 03 ER E
143. d synchronize reports in the database with reports on a network or local directory only available for Crystal Reports RPT REPORT USAGE lists the reports that use the selected report file only available for Crystal Reports RPT SELECT ALL RPT REPORTS selects all reports created with Crystal Reports SELECT ALL RTF REPORTS selects all reports created with the Internal Editor UNSELECT ALL to clear the report selection Reports 79 80 UNUSED REPORTS lists all the report files that are not used in a report on the main reports screen Report Configuration grid Field Definition The description of the report Report Name The file name of the report only Crystal Reports RPT have a file name Internal Parameter The name used by the program to identify the parameter Name The parameter caption that the user sees when running the report Access to report configuration is controlled by the user right OPEN SCREEN under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Reports Binary Reports New Edit Report This option may be used to import both Crystal and Internal Editor reports and to create anew Internal Editor report and is accessible via the REPORT FILES option on the Reports screen Crystal reports requires a full installation of Crystal Reports Designer in order to create a new report or edit an existing report Report files imported or created via this option are lis
144. d to set user defaults for the controls on the billing search screen when closing folios after check out or pressing escape Controls can be set on General Filters and on the Cursor selection bar Tree User Settings Option Definition Legal Value Delete Defines if a confirmation message Blank No message is displayed each time a linked Check Message profile is deleted from the profile tree Startup User Settings Option Definition S Open last used screen Defines that the last used screen upon exiting Version 8 be used as the Startup screen when next logging onto Suite 8 Each time the user name and password is entered for the first time the last used screen will display Startup Screen Defines the page to be used as the Startup screen when first logging onto Suite 8 Each time the user name and password is entered for the first time the selected startup screen will display However if the user does not have rights for the selected screen the settings will be cleared opon 17777 O O Open last used screen Defines that the last used screen upon exiting Version 8 be used as the Startup screen when next logging onto Suite 8 Each time the user name and password is entered for the first time the last used screen will display Startup Screen Defines the page to be used as the Startup screen when first logging onto Suite 8 Each time the user name and password is entered for the first time the selected startup scree
145. database and restructures it into dimensional data The queries can then be run against this HTML REPORT reports written in HTML Defines the print job The print job has to match the type of reports forms and templates that will be printed Description The long description of the section or subsection Select from list box Print job Reports 115 116 Setting up fiscal folio printing for Poland The folio templates created using the Internal Editor should contain the parameter FISCALNUMBER if the fiscal number from the printer should also be shown on the printed invoices Whenever an invoice is created all information from the view V8 FISCAL FOLIO INFO will be passed to the HTTP Server This applies to all invoices such as interim or telephone booth payments It is not used for currency exchange receipts voiding invoices or when printing pro forma invoices If a failure is received from the HTTP Server all payments made during check out process will be rolled back and the guest remains checked in with an open balance If a partial payment is made upon check out or Cancel C O button pressed on the folio style form the check out process will be stopped and no information is passed the payment postings will be stored in the database Note The view V8 FISCAL FOLIO INFO will not be included in the standard 01_allviews sql to avoid losing the changes made by the local offices with each update The view can be
146. dialog box consists of two screens each one represented by a tab PARAMETERS opened by default this displays the parameters defined on the report definition EXPORT displays the export options Reports Parameters Export Sort by Name Induding checked in 4 Complete the report parameters 5 Click the EXPORT tab to display the export dialog box Es Arrivals today short sorted by Export Out X toFile In the OUTPUT box select TOEXPORT from the list of available output types Select if the DESTINATION is to a file or to an application Select the FILE TYPE from the list of available file types A N If the file is being exported to an application select the required application from the list of defined applications 10 In the File box a default path and file name are completed but may be changed as required e g C temp Arrivals_ Today 29062008 1528 xls The path defaults to c temp and the file name is the report name date time 11 Click EXECUTE to export the report Reports 75 How to display system parameters on run 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed 2 Search for and locate the required report Click the EDIT button 4 In the Report Information section in the lower half of the screen select the required Internal System Parameter for example SP_HOTELNAME Report information Para
147. display print or export a report PRINT to print a report directly without displaying the print dialog box REPORT FILES to access the report configuration MULTIPLE REPORTS to select multiple reports for printing UP to move the selected report up on the report listing DOWN to move the selected report down on the report listing Note If Suite 8 is started in debug mode then the search includes not only the report description but also the report name For example if the report name is FCR_CRM_1202_Activity_Reminders rpt then typing 1202 in the TEXT SEARCH box returns all reports where the report description or report name contains 1202 Note As of V8 8 Crystal runtime 12 is supported and is installed via the V8 Install shield Crystal report writer 8 5 can still be used for modifying or creating new reports Note As of Version 8 8 4 0 the file FidelioCrystalNet dll is required for report printing and is included with the release of Version 8 8 4 0 Issues with Crystal 2008 and Crystal runtime 12 such as crystal invoice printing or the printing of selected pages of a Crystal Report in Suite8 are solved with the Crystal NET report engine Access to reports functionality is controlled by the user right OPEN SCREEN under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Reports Report Sections Multiple standard reports are included with the installation of Suite 8 The reports are group
148. dit Night Audit tab The section of reports that will be processed and stored during the night audit is defined via the option REPORT SECTION FOR NA REPORTS under Setup Configuration Global Settings Night Audit Night Audit tab Automatic Night Audit Automatic night audit is used by properties not operating 24 hours 7 days a week such as sales offices and is accessible via the option NIGHT AUDIT on the Miscellaneous menu This option is parameter controlled The automatic night audit can be configured to run via the Fidelio Server or the Control Panel The following must be defined in the configuration order to run the automatic night audit The days of the week on which the night audit is to run The time the night audit should start each day The name of the user who should be logged in to run the automatic night audit The complete run path and parameters for Fidelio Suite 8 As there are several question prompts during the night audit then the answers to the night audit questions have to be defined in the configuration The questions can be marked as CONTINUE or STOP the night audit will stop on questions marked as stop until the question is answered Night Audit Questions Fidelio date smaller than current date Due out reservations Open cashiers Expected reservations Due out financial accounts Expected financial accounts EFT off Custom SQL statement with commit only applies
149. ditional Authorization will be executed OR Click OK to close the message If there are expected reservations with pre billing postings that are not yet checked in then the following message is displayed Fidelio Suite 8 There are expected reservations with prebilling postings that are not yet checked in The reservations must be checked in or the arrival date changed in order to continue with the night audit Click OK to close the message If there are guests who have been checked out without closing the folio and the room now has the status vacant then the following message is displayed Fidelio Suite 8 Might Audit can not be continued because of checked out quests with not closed folio Checking out a guest without closing the folio allows for the room to be physically vacated and the folio to be stored for check out at a later time The folio must be settled and checked out in order to continue with the night audit Click OK to close the message If there are guests who are still scheduled to move rooms today then the following message is displayed 31 Fidelio Suite 8 There are scheduled room moves or quests staying in different rooms than scheduled Night Audit can not be continued The scheduled room moves must be completed via the option Room Move on the Reservations menu in order to continue with the night audit 17 Click OK to close the message If there are offers then the following messa
150. drop down menu 2 Select the calendar event to be posted to Twitter 3 Click the Post NETWORKS button and then the Post tab TO DISPLAY THE POST NETWORKS DIALOG BOX El Post to Social Networks Options Post Facebook Event Report fost Events to Social Media A Create Message Twitter User Name Libretto Suiteeightdew User Name mfdemoprogram 4 Select a REPORT and click CREATE MESSAGE the event details are displayed in the text box Calendar Events 189 190 EE Post to Social Networks Options Post Facebook Event Report Post Events to Social Media lt b gt Jazz Night lt b gt lt br gt lt br gt Join us celebrating an unforgetable Jazz Night at Piano Bar 19 30 22 00 All Drinks half price Enjoy excellent artists from local Jazz City Club User Name Libretto Suiteeightdey User Name mfdemoprogram Change the message text if required Click the Facebook button to post the message on Facebook Click the Twitter button to send a tweet A confirmation message is displayed if the post is successful Fidelio Suite 3 mm Post is Successfull OK 8 Click OK to close the message Note If the Twitter message is over 140 characters then an error message is displayed Es Fidelio Suite 8 Status is over 140 characters Calendar Events How to post and create Facebook events Facebook Events can be created from the Calendar Events dialog box 1 Click PosT NETWORKS TO DISPLAY THE POS
151. du Quebec Zone de Courtaboeuf 91957 Les Ulis Cedex 1 047 Minolta UK Ltd Precedent Drive Rooksley MK13 8HF Milton Keynes EX 65 955 331 No Name Company Seestr 12 13349 Berlin 3 600 Rohmann EE 11 694 31 Schmidt 8 Partner GmbH Budapester Str 99 10787 Berlin TM vale 0004 le 2 732 83 3 636 28 4 339 W Ki enel pa z En EE ma T Lar My 11 Ba dy M rmany Carl Zeiss Strasse 15 81837 Munich No Name Company Seestr 12 13349 Berlin Legend M Marks EIS The Cube Designer The Cube Designer is opened when defining a new Cube Report or selecting CUBE DEFINITION LOAD from the Cube Viewer The Cube Designer is split into five configuration screens The first screen is used to define the Cube Fact Data Query Run Parameters and their Properties E Cube Designer Cube Fact Data Query PEATE FromDate From Date Name FromDate r B ZDCO_LONGDESC Fonna C ZDCG SHORTDESC Caption From Date C ZDCG_LONGDESC 7 D ZDMG_SHORTDESC Datatype Date D ZDMG_LONGDESC FROM V8_SYS_STAT_SRPD_LYA ZDCO B ZDCG C ZDMG D WHERE A 5RPD DCO ID B ZDCO ID AND B ZDCO ZDCG ID C ZDCG_ID AND C ZDCG ZDMG ID D ZDMG ID AND SRPD DATE gt FromDate AND SRPD DATE lt ToDate The second screen is used to split database fields to dimensions and measures Reports 143 Split EE fields to dimensions and measures GROSSREVD SRPD DATE 5 ZDMG_LONGDESC DCG_LONGDESCE ZDCO NUMERICDE
152. e Description Jazz Night Note The Jazz Night will take place in the hotel bar on December 12th Doors open 8 30 4 Make any changes necessary 5 Click OK to save the changes Deleting a Calendar Event To delete a calendar event 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select CALENDAR EVENTS The Calendar Events screen is displayed 2 Point to the calendar event to be deleted Click DELETE if there are profiles linked to the calendar event then the confirmation message There are linked profiles Are you sure is displayed Information ml There are linked profiles re you sure 4 If there are no linked profiles then the confirmation message Are you sure is displayed Calendar Events 187 188 Information O Are you sure 5 Click Yes to delete the event Post Calendar Event to a Social Network Suite8 Social Network Interaction allows the posting of events from Calendar Events to the social network platforms Twitter and Facebook With the growing demand on Social Network Platforms more properties in the hospitality business decide to present their property also on Twitter or Facebook or both Suite8 has been enhanced allowing posting Rate Offers Events and Calendar Events from Suite8 Rate Query and from Calendar Events on these Social Network Platforms and redirecting the rate offers to Suite8 home page allowing other users to directly book these offers on Suite8 home page Functionality
153. e XCMS group lagCustomerManagement laChgProfileActiveFlag laChgProfileNomailingFlag tlogactivity lavalue 424 name lang Profile nomailing flag changed dbname table XCMS group lagCustomerManagement tlogactivity lavalue 438 name lang Profile dbname table XCMS group laCreateProfile created lagCustomerManagement CCM User log rights display Night Audit laNaStart laNaFinished dbname table lagNightAudit tlogactivity lavalue 31 name lang Night Audit started NA group dbname table lagNightAudit tlogactivity lavalue 32 name lang Night Audit finished NA group laNaNoClosedCashier laNaNoCiArrivals laNaNoCoDueouts tlogactivity lavalue closed tlogactivity lavalue checked in tlogactivity lavalue checked out tlogactivity lavalue 33 name lang NA not all cashiers were 34 name lang NA not all arrivals were 35 name lang NA not all due outs were 351 name lang NA date change without dbname table lagNightAudit dbname table lagNightAudit dbname table lagNightAudit dbname table NA group NA group NA group NA group laNaSetDate Block Billing Instructions laNewResBillinginstruction running Night Audit lagNightAudit tlogactivity lavalue created dbname table lagBloc
154. e distributed by day 232 Budget Budget Creating Records Records left 265 13 Click the CLOSE button to return to the budget setup screen 14 Click CLOSE to exit the Budget setup screen Note The mass settings screen is designed to enter large amounts of data You have to enter all monthly values for a department if you leave it on 0 it will be considered that you want a 0 budget for that month However a single month s value can be changed by double click on the value Note Using the start date on the mass settings tab to enter monthly budget figures will distribute the entered amount from the start date onwards until the end of the month For example if the budget amount is 5000 and the selected start date is June 15th the first months distribution will be 333 33 per day starting on June 15th until June 30th For the following months the amount will be distributed equally over the entire month How to adjust daily budget figures 1 2 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select BUDGET Select REVENUE BUDGET from the Budget menu The Budget screen is displayed divided into two pages each one represented by a tab Settings opened by default this page is used to update current budget figures Display used to view and compare on a daily monthly and yearly basis the actual revenue figures with the budget figures 233 234 EJ Budget Setup x Budget type Depa
155. e Global User Log The screen is split into 2 sections The upper part is used to enter the search criteria The lower part displays the search results in grid format Logs 249 E Global User Log 08 11 2011 Date Range 08 11 2011 D1 DM D5 DSR DU EA FID G Text Demonstration Supervisor Demonstration Supervisor Demonstration Supervisor Demonstration Supervisor Demonstration Supervisor Demonstration Supervisor Demonstration Supervisor Demonstration Supervisor Demonstration Supervisor Demonstration Supervisor Demonstration Supervisor 4 08 11 11 5 53 45 PM 08 11 11 5 53 42 PM 08 11 11 5 52 53 PM 08 11 11 5 52 36 PM 08 11 11 5 50 23 PM 08 11 11 5 50 10 PM 08 11 11 5 50 08 PM 08 11 11 5 49 40 PM 08 11 11 5 36 59 PM 08 11 11 5 36 46 PM 08 11 11 5 33 12 PM 08 11 11 5 32 37 PM 08 11 11 5 21 20 PM 08 11 11 5 21 14 PM 08 11 11 5 20 18 PM 08 11 11 5 20 15 PM 08 11 11 5 19 59 PM 08 11 11 5 19 58 PM 08 11 11 5 19 32 PM 08 11 11 5 19 22 PM 08 11 11 5 18 43 PM 08 11 11 5 18 39 PM Application and users Application and users Application and users Application and users Application and users Application and users Application and users Application and users Application and users Application and users Application and users Application and users Application and users Application and users Application and users Application and users Application and users Application and users Application
156. e Measure manager may be used to change the Display caption the Value representation and to set Filters El Measure manager EEE EU Y Percents by ROW Percents by COLUMN EE representation Value Cell Rank Column GTA Difference with previous Column Difference with previous Row Filters Sum with previous Column Filter by Map cells n EX Sum with previous Row Enabled Min value ma Running Total by Column enabled Running Total by Row by c group Filter by fact table records Max value Sa by r group Enabled Min value Enabled Max value po Distinct Measure formating Calculation type ictSumma Formula is calculated measure 2 Makethe changes reguired and click OK to save the measure manager changes Example How to build company statistics by country 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORT PROCEDURES 2 Select COMPANY STATISTIC to display the company statistics screen 3 Complete the report criteria and select the calculations to be included in the report 4 Click CALCULATE to display the report 168 Report Procedures E Company Statistic mad la Date Company Revenue Type Schmidt amp Partner Gr Room Nights Average Room Rate Room Revenue F amp amp B Revenue Extra Revenue Total Revenue Day Lse Arrivals Persons Room Per Person F amp amp B Per Person Extra Per Person Total Per Person Cancellations No Show How 2011 Value 174 00
157. e Nationality filled Night Audit 19 Click OK to close the message the night audit is stopped The missing country and or state codes must be completed in order to complete the night audit If there are guests who are still scheduled to move rooms today then the following message is displayed Fidelio Suite 8 There are scheduled room moves or quests staying in different rooms than scheduled Night Audit can not be continued OK 20 Click OK to close the message the night audit is stopped The scheduled room moves must be completed via the option Room Move on the Reservations menu before the night audit can be re started If there are reservations that are due out but that have not yet been checked out then the following message is displayed There are due out reservations that are not checked out Are you sure you want to continue with Night Audit 21 Click Yes to continue with the night audit and extend the stay of these guests click No to display the billing screen with a list of all due out reservations and with a valid cashier number to check them out Once all the due out reservations have been handled as required the night audit can be restarted 22 If there are reservations or financial accounts with the status checked out and a balance then the following message is displayed Fidelio Suite 8 E xj There are checked out reservations FAs out of balance Night audit can not continue Please reinstate
158. e Parameter prompts upon running the cube Report From this section New Run Parameters can be defined or existing Run Parameters can be deleted by selecting the Parameter and pressing DELETE Use the up and down arrows to move the cursor The PARAMETER PROPERTIES define the Parameter NAME DATABASE FIELD CAPTION and DATA TYPE for the Run Parameters Splitting database field to dimensions and measures The split database fields to dimensions and measures screen is used to drag amp drop the available fields into dimensions and measures The left side displays a list of all available fields from the History table of statistics SHIS The upper right side is used to drag drop the fields that should be used for Dimensions The lower right side is used to drag drop the fields that should be used for Measures Configure dimension Each dimensions field can be configured and additional dimensions can be defined with the data set The left side displays the defined dimensions from the previous screen The right side allows the adding of additional data sets and displays the attribute of the selected dimension Configure dimensions dialog box Available Options Data Set Defines the source of information Fact Data The data comes from a fact data query as defined on the first screen Table Select this radio button and choose a table from the drop down list from which data should be included SQL Select SQL to enter a
159. e coloured miscellaneous toolbar The Reports screen is displayed New H General Reports n pee Text Search P Filter F le Lost amp Found 3 Delete Maintenance Logbook Departures today by Group sorted by Room Translate Table Resource Reservation Departures today by Group sorted by Name Table Reservation HTML Departures today short sorted by 2 Export M Table Reservation Single Print Departures today detailed sorted by p Import Table Reservation Confirmation Departures today grouped by i Departures today sorted by Resource Single Print Guest in House Room Moves for today FO Guests in House by Group sorted by Room Arrivals Guests in House by Group sorted by Name a z 60 Execute Guests in House Guests in House Complimentary House Use Reservation Departures Guests in House Rate Check Report Print Reservations Guests in House short sorted by Guests in House short with Mealplan EIA iia Guests in House detailed sorted by Housekeeping Arrivals today sorted by Name t Report Files E Financial Arrivals today short sorted by Financial Cube Reports Arrivals today detailed sorted by G Multiple Reports City Ledger Arrivals today short with Inventory NEW Travel Agents Arrivals today grouped by E Statistics Config Rate Seasons a Config Package Setup
160. e event PARTICIPANTS used to link profiles to the calendar event this tab is parameter controlled Calendar Events 179 180 10 11 12 13 14 Es Calender Event Event Web Pictures Participants StartDate 06 11 2011 End Date 06 11 2011 El Duration From oo DO Event Type Miscellaneous Location Projected Number of Attendees Department Code Ticket Price Description Colour Note Type the starting date for the calendar event in the START DATE box or click the drop down arrow and select a date from the calendar Type the end date in the END DATE box or click the drop down arrow and select a date from the calendar If the calendar event is for a specific time period select DURATION and enter the FROM and UNTIL times In the EVENT TYPE box click the drop down arrow and then select the event type Select the LOCATION of the calendar event from the list of public places restaurants and conference rooms If required enter the PROJECTED NUMBER OF ATTENDEES that are expected to attend this event If the event type has been defined with a DEPARTMENT CODE then this will be completed automatically but may be changed as required In the TICKET PRICE box a price can be entered if required In the DESCRIPTION box enter the description of the calendar event In the COLOUR box select the colour in which the calendar event should be displayed In the NOTE box you can ente
161. e information from the database tables the information is retrieved by using SQL queries FUNCTIONS special functions are available which can be used to insert expressions that contain certain conditions such as if or while PARAMETERS are fields that return values internally assigned by Suite 8 or data entered under global settings concerning property or user information The parameters are automatically created FIELDS the fields listed under this option return information from the fields of the database tables Data Sources There are three query possibilities Standard queries User defined queries for a single report User defined queries for all reports belonging to a specific section role Standard queries can be defined via this option Users familiar with the table contents and database structure of Suite 8 can define custom queries and add them to the list of data sources for a single report or define default queries via the option DEFAULT QUERIES FOR INTERNAL EDITOR in the configuration Default queries can be defined via the option DEFAULT QUERIES FOR INTERNAL EDITOR under Setup Configuration Miscellaneous Functions Place the cursor on the relevant function to display the hint text and an example of how to implement the function The function EVALUATEORACLEFUNCTION provides the ability to use Oracle functions Example of using the if function if statement with or condition Example
162. e labels is defined via the option LUGGAGE REPORT under Setup Configuration Global Settings Reservation Luggage 5 tab The number of copies for luggage labels is defined by selecting the required luggage report under Miscellaneous Reports and then setting the number of copies via the option NUMBER OF COPIES ON PRIMARY PRINTER On the Report edit screen Luggage 241 14 Export to Outlook This option may be used to export profile information to MS Outlook folders and is accessible via the option EXPORT TO OUTLOOK on the MISCELLANEOUS menu Information such as the following can be exported Individual profiles companies and all linked individuals Addresses and communications Birth dates and notes Linked tasks and activities Note The export should be run manually as often as required it is not an automated process How to run the export to MS Outlook 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select EXPORT TO OUTLOOK The Export to Outlook screen is displayed B Export to Outlook Selected Profiles E J Selected Activities Eo Selected Tasks CA SAAK E Folders E Profiles Contacts Ed Edit Profiles from Berlin Synchronize Outlook El Tasks Tasks Tasks not started Synchronize Outlook 2 Select the folder and operation to synchronize so that both the folder and the operation are marked as selected M E A El Folders S Ej Profiles Contacts W Profiles from Berlin Synchronize Outloo
163. e night audit there are several checks that should be made the PREVIEW PROBLEMS option performs all the checks made by the night audit without actually running night audit however users can see and select all the questions raised There are several checks which if raised during the PREVIEW PROBLEMS process must be resolved before starting the night audit Failing these checks during the running of the night audit will stop the night audit and it cannot be continued until the situation has been resolved Preparation for Night Audit Runa back up before starting to run night audit All reservation and financial accounts that have arrived should be checked in All reservation and financial accounts that have departed should be checked out All scheduled room moves should be completed All cashiers should be closed Use the reservation navigator to check the arrival departure and financial accounts page and check cashier status from the cashiering drop down menu If the parameter COUNTRY CODE MANDATORY FOR IN HOUSE GUEST is active under then all arrivals must have a country code assigned the night audit will stop if a reservation linked to a profile with no country assigned is found Checks performed with the preview problems option Due out reservations Open cashiers not yet closed Expected reservations not yet checked in Due out financial accounts Expected financial accounts not yet checked in EFT system i
164. e selected date 3 Click on the date required The log entries for the selected date are displayed EI Translation import log 04 12 11 3 15 25 PM Demonstration Supervisor 01 12 11 4 39 29 PM Demonstration Supervisor 01 12 11 3 47 39 PM Demonstration Supervisor 23 11 11 10 28 57 AM Demonstration Supervisor 22 11 11 9 06 12 AM Demonstration Supervisor 07 11 11 2 50 53 PM Demonstration Supervisor 07 11 11 2 41 26 PM Demonstration Supervisor 06 11 11 2 23 15 PM Demonstration Supervisor 06 11 11 12 40 16 PM Demonstration Supervisor 06 11 11 12 02 29 PM Demonstration Supervisor 05 11 11 11 57 30 AM Demonstration Supervisor 05 11 11 11 37 22 AM Demonstration Supervisor 4 4 Click CLOSE to exit the translation import log The translation import is configured via the option TRANSLATION UPDATE under Setup Configuration Miscellaneous 260 Logs 18 Manual Statistics This option may be used to enter manual statistics on a daily basis and is accessible via the option MANUAL STATISTICS on the MISCELLANEOUS menu This option is parameter controlled Statistics can be generated for the consumption of utilities such as electricity or for external revenue sources such as shops or leisure activities Manually entered statistics can be included in statistical reports or combined with other statistics on a single report The report MANUALSTATISTICS RPT is supplied with Suite8 and lists all manually entered values by d
165. eceipt by default Print Payment Select this option to print a payment receipt by default receipt by default Sort Order on Defines the field on which the sort order of the billing search Billing screen should be sorted by default Reversed Defines if the selected sort order should be reversed User Settings 201 Autosave Defines if the sort order set by the user should be saved each time the user exits the billing guest search screen The alternative reservation edit screen FAlternativeResEdit can be customized via the option FORM CUSTOMIZATION under Setup Miscellaneous The size of the edit reservation screen may be adjusted via the option RESERVATION EDIT SCREEN SIZE under Setup Configuration Global Settings Reservation Reservation 1 tab 202 User Settings 10 Interface Functions This option may be used to access various interface options and is accessible via the option INTERFACE FUNCTIONS on the MISCELLANEOUS menu or by pressing SHIFT F8 The available interface functionality depends on the installed telephone video or building management system Please refer to your regional IFC product manager for detailed information on the capability of the systems installed at your property Upon the following notifications the interfaces will be initialised the global status reloaded and access to the current lost postings account opened Fidelio Suite 8 will notify all interfaces if an interface relat
166. ectory defined in the configuration 5 Select the required crystal report file and click OPEN The report configuration edit dialog box is displayed with all the relevant parameters completed for the imported report 6 Click OK to close the Report Configuration Edit dialog box The report file is listed in the report configuration however the report file has not yet been attached to a report and so is classified as an unused report 7 Click CLOSE to close the Report Configuration screen How to edit an internal editor report file 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed Click the REPORT FILES button to display the Report Configuration dialog box Search for and locate the Internal Editor report to be edited Internal Editor reports are listed with a DESCRIPTION but no REPORT NAME 4 Click the EDIT button The Text Report Binary Edit dialog box is displayed Click the EDIT button to display the report in the Internal Editor Complete any changes necessary Reports 7 Click SAVE on the FILE menu to save the document 8 Click CLOSE on the FILE menu to exit the internal editor screen 9 Click SAVE to close the Text Report Binary edit dialog box 10 Click CLOSE to close the Report Configuration screen How to create or import an internal editor report file 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displ
167. ed Click SAVE to save any changes or CANCEL to exit the Sections dialog box 133 134 How to create a report section for OLAP Cube reports 1 A A i 8 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed On the left hand side of the screen the existing reports are grouped into user definable sections and sub sections Point to the report section where the new cube report section sub section is to be added and right click to display the shortcut menu select ADD and then select SECTION Or SUBSECTION as required Add Section Edit Subsection Delete Translate The Sections dialog box is displayed Sections Code Description Section role Report source type Crystal Report Print job Security level Hotel segment Enter a CODE for the report section sub section Enter a DESCRIPTION for the report section sub section Select REPORT as the SECTION ROLE Select OLAP CUBE as the SOURCE TYPE Select a PRINT JOB from the list of defined print jobs The print job has to match the type of reports forms and templates that will be printed Click SAVE to add the new report section or sub section How to create a new Cube Report L A AAA A Click on REPORTS on the Miscellaneous drop down menu Miscellaneous Toolbar or use the quick key CTRL SHIFT R Select the newly created or valid section for the Olap Cube for example Statistics Click NEw
168. ed Confirmation There are open cashiers not yet closed Are you sure you want to continue with Night Audit 13 Click YES to continue with the night audit and leave the cashiers open clicking No will stop the night audit Night Audit 37 38 14 If the parameter COUNTRY CODE MANDATORY FOR IN HOUSE GUEST and or the parameter STATE CODE MANDATORY FOR IN HOUSE GUEST are active then a list of all in house guest profiles with missing country and or state codes is displayed and night audit cannot be continued until all the missing country and state codes have been entered State codes are only required for countries for which states have been defined E Missing Code Nationality Check alevato Dave Definite aaa RR America Ali Country State Nationality 15 Select a profile from the list and complete the COUNTRY and or STATE code then click the UPDATE button or 16 Select several profiles from the list and complete the COUNTRY and or STATE code then click BATCH UPDATE to perform a batch update 17 Click CLOSE once all the missing country and or state codes have been completed If the screen is closed without completing all the missing country and or state codes then the following message is displayed Information Country is missing Do you want to exit anyway 18 Clicking Yes displays the following message Fidelio Suite 8 Night Audit can not be continued because of checked in quests with no Country Cod
169. ed by user definable sections and sub sections and a tree structure allows users to easily list the reports in a specific section If hotel segmentation is used then a hotel segment can be assigned to a report section this will allow for example on confirmation letters to only display letters assigned to the corresponding hotel segment If report security levels are used then a report security level can be assigned at report section level How to locate the report section 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed with the ALL REPORTS section selected by default and all available reports listed 2 In the TEXT SEARCH box enter the report name to search for Reports The search is performed as the letters are entered into the TExT SEARCH box and locates all reports which have the entered text somewhere in the report description Select the required report and right click to display the short cut menu 4 Select the option GO TO REPORT SECTION Reports The section to which the report belongs is selected in the reports tree and all the reports belonging to that section are listed 5 To exit the Reports screen click CLOSE ALL on the WINDOWS menu or press F10 How to view edit the report section 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed On the left hand side of the screen the existing reports are groupe
170. ed status in the global settings has been changed The interface will be notified if the financial account for lost postings set up as automatic is checked out How to access the interface functions 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select INTERFACE FUNCTIONS The available interface options are displayed Guest Rights Wake Up Make Key Group Wake Up Delete Key Key Make keys prior to check in Telephone Booth Group Pre check in keys Interface Posting History Read Key or 2 Press SHIFT F8 to display the Interface Functions dialog box Interface Functions 203 El Interface Functions Guest Rights Wake Up Group Wake Up Room Key Make Key Delete Key Pre Check In Keys Group Pre Check In Keys Telephone Booth Interface Posting History 3 Select the required option and click EXECUTE Interface options available Guest Rights to turn on off and view rights for the respective interface Wake up to set and view wake up calls results for individual guests Group Wake up to set and view wake up calls for groups Key to make or delete keys Telephone Booth to view access calls made via telephone booth Interface Posting History to view all postings made by the interface Notify Night Audit Actions to send manual notifications to the interface to start and end the night audit Guest Rights This option is used to set or view guest rights and is accessible via the option INTERFACE FUNCTIONS on
171. elect an item to be displayed In this example we have selected MICROS Fidelio GmbH Boa aa E Sc Rows 3B Germany Carl Zeiss Strasse 1 Avaya Stra e der Feuerwehr 5 Bailly Shoes 115 Rue des Montag NEE 9 Room Nights H Coca Cola Inc 1334 Avenue of ti Hi 0 25 Extra Revenue E European Central Bank Ed ME a H Fiat Motor Company S A E Fischer Export amp Import Salzufer E Hewlett Packard 2 HP Avenue 7 EE 0 03 Total Per Person H IBM Deutschland GmbH Pascalstr MEN 4 Cancellations Bf rcros FIDELIO GmbH Europad H MICROS Fidelio GmbH Franklinstr Microsoft Corporation 10260 SW Microsoft France SARL 18 Avenui Minolta UK Ltd Precedent Drive No Name Company Seestr 12 1 H Rohmann Schmidt amp Partner GmbH Budape Persons Extra Per Person 7 The legend and the captions can be toggled on and off as required via the LEGEND and MARKS check boxes Click the at the top of the screen to close the graphical display Click CLOSE to close the report and then click CLOSE to exit the Company Statistic screen How to display the advanced report options 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORT PROCEDURES 2 Select COMPANY STATISTIC to display the Company Statistics screen 3 Complete the report criteria and select the calculations to be included in the report 4 Click CALCULATE to display the report 5 Select the ADVANCED check box the following options a
172. en is displayed 2 Search for and locate the luggage detail to be marked as picked up 3 Click the Pick UP button a confirmation message is displayed Confirmation 3 Are you sure you want to flag selected items as picked up 4 Click Yes to mark the selected item as picked up Luggage The luggage detail now has the status PICKED UP 5 Click the in the top right hand corner to close the Luggage screen How to mark a luggage detail as delivered l Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select LUGGAGE The Luggage screen is displayed 2 Search for and locate the luggage detail to be marked as delivered 3 Click the DELIVERED button a confirmation message is displayed Confirmation Are you sure you want to flag selected items as delivered 4 Click Yes to mark the selected item as delivered The luggage detail now has the status DELIVERED 5 Click the in the top right hand corner to close the Luggage screen How to view or change a location 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select LUGGAGE The Luggage screen is displayed Search for and locate the required luggage detail Click the LOCATION button the Luggage location dialog box is displayed Luggage location Location Wok i Cancel Select the LOCATION required from the list of defined locations Click OK to save the change Click the in the top right hand corner to close the Luggage screen Options available on the L
173. ent Standard Menu Item Minimum Amount tlogactivity lavalue 282 name lang Event Standard Menu Item Maximum Amount tlogactivity lavalue 283 name lang Menu Item Portion tlogactivity lavalue 284 name lang Menu Item Forecast Category tlogactivity lavalue 285 name lang Menu Item Description tlogactivity lavalue 286 name lang Menu Item Name 1 tlogactivity lavalue 287 name lang Menu Item Name 2 tlogactivity lavalue 288 name lang Menu Item Name 3 tlogactivity lavalue 289 name lang Menu Item Name 4 tlogactivity lavalue 290 name lang Menu Item Origin 1 tlogactivity lavalue 291 name lang Menu Item Origin 2 tlogactivity lavalue 292 name lang Menu Item Origin 3 tlogactivity lavalue 293 name lang Menu Item Price tlogactivity lavalue 294 name lang Menu Item Dept Code tlogactivity lavalue 295 name lang Menu Item Category tlogactivity lavalue 296 name lang Menu Item Resp Department tlogactivity lavalue 297 name lang Menu Item Quantity tlogactivity lavalue 342 name lang Event Standard Menu Item Special Price UN O o y 3 D O V E O 0 5 V 0 V laNewMiscLicense laChgMiscLicenseCode laChgMiscLicenseDescription laChgMiscLicenseLicense Name laChgMiscLicenseActive Appendix tlogactivity
174. ent End Date tlogactivity lavalue 120 name lang Event Start Time tlogactivity lavalue 121 name lang Event End Time tlogactivity lavalue 122 name lang Event Info Board tlogactivity lavalue 123 name lang Event Incl in Package tlogactivity lavalue 124 name lang Event Noisy tlogactivity lavalue 127 name lang Event notes tlogactivity lavalue 326 name lang Event Notes tlogactivity lavalue 327 name lang Event Notes Delete tlogactivity lavalue 325 name lang Event Forecast Revenue tlogactivity lavalue 161 name Event Name Resources Function Spaces Amount llaChgEventFSRate Special tlogactivity lavalue 128 name lang Function Space New tlogactivity lavalue 129 name lang Function Space Delete tlogactivity lavalue 130 name lang Function Space Seating Arr tlogactivity lavalue 131 name lang Function Space Rate tlogactivity lavalue 132 name lang Function Space Amount tlogactivity lavalue 133 name lang Event Function Space Special Rate tlogactivity lavalue 134 name lang Function Space Don t Move tlogactivity lavalue 135 name lang Function Space Incl in Package tlogactivity lavalue 250 name lang Function Space Start Date tlogactivity lavalue 251 name lang Function Space S
175. es dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpaces dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpaces dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpaces dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpaces dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpaces Appendix dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpaces laChgEventFSSetup tlogactivity lavalue 255 name lang Function Space Setup Time laChgEventFSSetDown tlogactivity lavalue 136 name lang Function Space Setdown Time laChgEventFSName tlogactivity lavalue 256 name lang Function Space Name dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpaces dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpaces dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpaces laChgEventFSNotes tlogactivity lavalue 341 name lang Function Update Space Notes llaChgEventFSNotes tlogactivity lavalue 257 name lang Function Delete Space Notes Delete laChgEventFSShareable tlogactivity lavalue 340 name lang Function Space Shareable dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpaces dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpaces Resources Misc Items Appendix tlogactivity lavalue 150 name lang Misc Item New tlogactivity lavalue 151 name lang Misc Item Delete tlogactivity lavalue 15
176. ewing Criteria Criteria permon OOOO O O Time Interval From Select a date from the calendar from which to display the budget No of days The number of days to display O T Select a date from the calendar until which to display the budget Refresh Refreshes the view Displays actual figures Budget Displays budget figures Days to show Days to skip Skips days within the date range For example if the selected date range for the view is 14 days and days to skip is set to 3 days 1 5 9 and 13 will be shown Day of month Displays a specific day of the month For example if the selected date range for the view is June 1st 30th and day of month is set to 12 only June 12th will be shown Budget Chart Display EE Labels Toggles the labels on the stack bars on or off the labels show the entered value Resets the display of the chart Revenue Budget This option may be used to enter and view budget figures by department code market or source code and is accessible via the option Budget on the Miscellaneous menu The budget screen consists of an option and two pages each page is represented by a tab Mass Settings this option is used to enter initial budget figures by the selected code month and revenue type Any previously entered budget figures are displayed each time this option is accessed Settings opened by default this page is used to update or adjust budget figures once the initial budget has
177. export have to be configured on the BOF TAB via the option DEPARTMENT CODES under Setup Configuration Cashiering Note If the license code for back office has expired is not valid or not used any longer and the export option is to be used for other export functionality then the back office fields on all department codes must be cleared by editing each department code and clicking the CLEAR BOF button 91 4 Reports This option may be used to view edit and print reports and is accessible via the option Reports on the Miscellaneous menu Multiple standard reports are included with the installation of Suites The reports are grouped by user definable sections and sub sections and a tree structure allows users to easily list the reports in a specific section A search option enables users to search for a specific report within all the report sections or within a specific section The search is performed as the letters are entered into the TEXT SEARCH box and locates all reports which have the entered text somewhere in the report description Suite8 reports are written with Crystal Reports or with the Internal Editor Functionality With knowledge of Crystal Reports and the Suite 8 table structure new reports can be created and existing reports can be modified according to the needs of the property How to access reports 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R Alternatively click the REPORTS icon from th
178. fault this option enables a range of dates to be entered Clear this option in order to only enter a date from which to list transactions The from date default to today s date but can be changed by selecting a date from the calendar from which to list transactions If the Date Range option is selected then the to date defaults to today s date but can be changed by selecting a date from the calendar until which to list transactions Select the one or more users from the list of available users The text to search for Global user log dialog box Displays this information User The login name of the user logged in when the transaction was performed The date and time of the transaction Indicates the Suite 8 module the transaction belongs to Name ID The last name first name and the room number of the guest Room Not all entries are guest related and so a guest name may not be listed Description of the transaction Workstation The name of the terminal from which the transaction was performed 252 Logs The global user log file displays all transactions selected for tracking via the menu option USER LoG under Setup Configuration Users The viewing of the global user log is controlled by the user right GLOBAL USER LOG under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Miscellaneous The storing of night audit reports in a separate table WNAR is controlled by the parameter
179. fines the type of report Select from CRYSTAL REPORTS Crystal Report files RPT list box TEXT FORMAT TEMPLATE Forms created using the Internal Editor Functionality RTF OLAP Cuse An Olap structure created from the operational data Olap is an acronym for Online analytical processing Olap takes a snapshot of a relational database and restructures it into dimensional data The queries can then be run against this HTML REPORT reports written in HTML Print job Defines the print job The print job has to match Select from the type of reports forms and templates that will list box be printed The Cube Viewer 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed 2 In the report tree on the left hand side of the screen select the required report section The SOURCE TYPE of the section must be defined as OLAP CUBE 3 Click the NEw button to display the Report Edit dialog box 136 Reports Es Report Edit Report Report File Report information Translated Description Description Report name Number of copies on primary printer Number of copies on secondary printer Night audit options None F Language selection on run Language Default English Security level 1 All Reports External ID Report information Parameter Name Default Value Name Default Value 7 Invisible Prompt system parameter on run Q search
180. gEventSMDeptCode llaChgEventSMRevsSplitCode llaChgEventSMRevsSplitPrice laChgEventSMNotesUpdate tlogactivity lavalue 344 name lang Event Catering Item Special Rate tlogactivity lavalue 230 name lang Standard Menu New tlogactivity lavalue 231 name lang Standard Menu Delete tlogactivity lavalue 232 name lang Standard Menu Copy tlogactivity lavalue 259 name lang Standard Menu Notes Delete tlogactivity lavalue 234 name lang Standard Menu Name tlogactivity lavalue 235 name lang Standard Menu Cons Base tlogactivity lavalue 236 name lang Standard Menu Incl in Package tlogactivity lavalue 237 name lang Standard Menu Gratuity Incl tlogactivity lavalue 238 name lang Standard Menu Menu Price tlogactivity lavalue 239 name lang Standard Menu Quantity tlogactivity lavalue 240 name lang Standard Menu Compl Menus tlogactivity lavalue 241 name lang Standard Menu Exp tlogactivity lavalue 242 name lang Standard Menu Gtd tlogactivity lavalue 243 name lang Standard Menu Set tlogactivity lavalue 244 name lang Standard Menu Serve Start tlogactivity lavalue 245 name lang Standard Menu Serve End tlogactivity lavalue 233 name lang Standard Menu Dept Code tlogactivity lavalue 246 name lang
181. ge is displayed oe oer Do you want to see Offers 18 Click YES to display the Offers screen with a list of all offer reservations 19 Once all the offer reservations have been handled as required close the reservation navigator and click PREVIEW PROBLEMS on the Night Audit screen to re start the preview problems process 20 Clicking No displays the following message Fidelio Suite 8 There are offer reservations with expired option date 21 Click OK to close the message If there are reservations which are checked in and have no room assigned for today then the following message is displayed Fidelio Suite 8 There are checked in reservations with no room for today Night audit can not continue A reservation can have no room assigned if a room was assigned for the first night only and upon check in either a room number was not assigned for the remaining days or the reservation was marked as a scheduled room move from the day where no room is assigned 22 Click OK the following message is displayed 32 Night Audit Confirmation 23 Click Yes to display a list of checked in reservations with no room for today 24 Clicking No displays the following message Fidelio Suite 8 Sa Might Audit can not be continued because of checked in reservations that have no room assigned for today 25 Click OK to close the message 26 If there are reservations or financial accounts with the status checked out
182. he DAILY AMOUNT box 11 Click the SET button the daily amounts are updated on the grid 12 Click the Save button A progress bar is displayed as the values are updated 13 Click CLOSE to exit the Budget setup screen Budget Setup dialog box Field Definition 09090900 Budget Type A revenue budget can be setup up by Department Code Market Code and Source Code Dept Code s Select the department market or source codes to Market Code s display from the list of defined codes Source Code s From Enter the date from which to display budget figures or select a date from the calendar Until Enter the date until which to display budget figures or select a date from the calendar Select the type of revenue figures to display net and gross revenue figures can be displayed for all three budget types room nights and persons can be displayed for market and source code budgets Daily Amount The new daily budget amount to be updated The default revenue type for budget mass settings is defined via the option DEFAULT TYPE ON MASS SETTINGS PAGE under Setup Configuration Global Settings Generic Generic 2 tab Budget 235 The default revenue type for budget detail setup is defined via the option DEFAULT TYPE ON DETAIL SETUP under Setup Configuration Global Settings Generic Generic 2 tab Note As of Suite 8 7 changes have been made to the budget calculation the values are now calculated unt
183. he SIMPLE COMMISSION box click the drop down arrow and select the required commission code 4 Click OK to close the profile edit screen Reports Configuration of the simple commission report parameter properties 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed 2 Search for and locate the simple commission report File name FCR PMS 4589 SIMPLE COMMISS RPT 3 Click the EDIT button The Report Edit screen is displayed Es Report Edit Report Report File Report information 2 t Translated Description Simple Commission Report COMMISS Last printed 03 10 11 1 46 33 PM l AN Number of printouts 2 p Import Description Simple Commission Report COMMISS Average duration seconds 0 Report name FCR PMS 4589 SIMPLE COMMISS rpt v Q search 03 10 11 1 46 33 PM Demonstration St 03 10 11 1 46 03 PM Demonstration St Number of copies on primary printer 1 Number of copies on secondary printer 0 Night audit options None v E Language selection on run Security level External ID 4 M j Default Value Name Default Value SP REPORTNAME SP REPORTNAME SP REPORTNAME SP HOTELNAME SP HOTELNAME SP PRINTUSER SP PRINTUSER Name Name RoomRevOnly RoomRevOnly Type Type ToDate ToDate Invisible FromDate FromDate SP PRINTGRAY SP PRINTGRAY E Prompt system parameter on run Cancel 4 Click the REPORT FILE tab to display the re
184. he date is changed As Fidelio has its own system date it is not automatically changed at midnight but after finishing the night audit Therefore it is possible to run the night audit the next morning In this case however it must be considered that all revenues and payments which are posted before the night audit statistically belong to the old date Also fixed charges have not yet been posted If there are check outs before the night audit advance folios must be printed Before starting night audit all reservations and financial accounts that have arrived should be checked in reservations and financial accounts that have departed should be checked out and all cashiers should be closed If night audit is running it is not possible to perform advance postings cancel advance postings post daily charges from the billing search screen post daily charges from the options menu when opening a guest folio or creating an advance invoice from the options menu when opening a guest folio and selecting PROFORMA All confirmation and warning messages are written to the night audit log file which can be viewed in the Night Audit User Log from the USER LOG option on the Miscellaneous menu Night Audit Parameters Running night audit is controlled by the user right START under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Night Audit Running night audit when not all due outs are checked out is controlled by the
185. he option that you want to add and then click ADD TO FAVOURITES on the shortcut menu The option is now listed on the Favourites shortcut toolbar 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for each option that you want to add Note Options from Web Services cannot be added to the Favourites shortcut toolbar How to delete an option from the Favourites shortcut bar 1 Click the FAVOURITES shortcut toolbar on the left to list the options 2 Right click the option that you want to remove and then click DELETE BUTTON on the shortcut menu The option is removed from the Favourites shortcut toolbar 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for each option that you want to remove Introduction How to reorganise the options on the Favourites shortcut bar 1 Click the FAVOURITES shortcut toolbar on the left to list the options 2 Select the option to be moved and then left click and hold the mouse button while you drag the option to its new location on the toolbar 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for each option that you want to move On the toolbar the Favourites shortcut bar can be listed first by selecting the option FAVOURITE BUTTONS ON TOP under Miscellaneous User Settings Appearance Tab Logging off Exiting Suite8 and Locking the Station The windows menu consists of the following options Close All closes all open screens and dialog boxes Lock Station locks the workstation Logout closes all open screens and logs off Suite Exit Appl
186. ia a With this information Date from to The date range for which to display guestionnaire forms Points between The point range for which to display guestionnaire forms and Select a guestionnaire from the list of defined guestionnaire forms Show Inactive Select this option to include inactive guestionnaire forms in the search Select a reservation from the list of checked in reservations Select a profile from the profile search screen Select a booking from the booking master search screen The questionnaire option is controlled by the parameter QUESTIONNAIRE under Setup Configuration Global Settings Generic Generic 3 tab Questionnaire functionality is controlled by the user rights under QUESTIONNAIRE under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Questionnaire forms are defined via the option QUESTIONNAIRE under Setup Configuration Miscellaneous Questionnaire 269 20 Police Interface This option is used to display and manage reservation data It is used in Monaco by the Soci t des Bains de Mer to provide personal document information to the police and receive a police number back for the exported reservation information El 5BM Police Export EE V Not sent a Search Sent Age for sent or responded 3 Responded OK Responded Error ES Deke Uncheck all M Uncheck selected pt Export A Import Edit reservation Reservation
187. ible BA all Invisible he LE 38 Germany Carl Zeiss Stra he LE Avaya Stra e der Feuerwe A he LE Bailly Shoes 115 Rue des M he LE Coca Cola Inc 1334 Avenu o Cirde Shift he LE European Central Bank Add Group kr L Fiat Motor Company S A E kJ L Fischer Export amp Import Sal 73 Delete Group he LE Hewlett Packard 2 HP Aven Exp Coll k LE IBM Deutschland GmbH Pas kl L MICROS FIDELIO GmbH Eu kr L MICROS Fidelio GmbH Fran he LE Microsoft Corporation 1026 TE nr Aro rara am a 4 II F Autofiter none y vale lo 22 Al Filtered sort Forecasting l Prev Next 7 Method Triple Exponential Smooth 3 For an explanation of the dimension editor options see the Dimension Editor table below 4 Click OK to save the changes or click CANCEL to exit the Dimension editor without saving the changes Dimension editor dialog box All Invisible All Filtered Circle Shift Circular shift of dimension state from visible to invisible invisible to filtered and filtered to visible Add Group Adds a new group items can be places in the new group using drag amp drop Delete Group Deletes the selected group Exp Coll Expands or collapses the tree nodes Report Procedures 167 How to change measure manager options 1 Click the Measure Manager Icon e to display the Measure Manager dialog box Th
188. ication closes all open screens and exits the application Options Description 09090900 Close All Click the WINDOWS menu and the option CLOSE ALL All open screens and dialog boxes are closed Logout Click the WINDOWS menu and the option LOGOUT All open screens and dialog boxes are closed and the Login screen appears A new user can now login To close the application completely click CANCEL Suite8 is closed and the desktop appears Exit Click the WINDOWS menu and the option EXIT APPLICATION a Suite8 is closed and the desktop appears Lock Station Click the WINDOWS menu and the option LOCK STATION All open screens and dialog boxes are closed and the Login screen appears A new user can now login Lock Station the open screens and dialog boxes from the user who locked the station will not be closed if the parameter LEAVE OPENED SCREEN ON SWITCH USER is selected under Setup Configuration Global Settings Generic Generic 3 tab Introduction 25 2 Night Audit The Night Audit option is used to complete the accounting day which includes completing the accounting totals validating data purging files and updating the internal databases and is accessible via the option Night Audit on the Miscellaneous menu Night Audit Key Points During night audit all automatic charges that are attached to a reservation or financial account are posted the statistics are calculated old data is deleted and t
189. id ycevid and profile id xcmsid Copying a Calendar Event To copy a calendar event 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select CALENDAR EVENTS The Calendar Events screen is displayed 2 Point to the calendar event to be copied 3 Click Copy a confirmation message is displayed Information Are you sure to copy this event 4 Click Yes to copy the event The Copy Event dialog box is displayed Calendar Events 185 186 Event Web Pictures Participants Start Date 18 12 2011 End Date 18 12 2011 Duration From 20 30 id Event Type Cultural Events Location D Projected Number of Attendees Department Code 615 Cultural Events e Ticket Price Description Jazz Night Note The Jazz Night will take place in the hotel bar on December 12th Doors open 8 30 5 Make any changes necessary 6 Click OK to save the event Note Linked profiles are not copied when copying an event Editing a Calendar Event To edit a calendar event 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select CALENDAR EVENTS The Calendar Events screen is displayed 2 Point to the calendar event to be edited 3 Click EDIT the Calendar Event dialog box is displayed Calendar Events Es Calender Event Event Web Pictures Participants StartDate 18 12 2011 End Date 18 12 2011 Duration From 20 30 ooo Event Type Cultural Events Location Projected Number of Attendees Department Code 615 Cultural Events Ticket Pric
190. ight mouse menu option PASTE or short cut key CTRL V The menu option Copy TO CLIPBOARD is controlled by the user right Copy TO CLIPBOARD FROM HTML under Users User Definition Rights Miscellaneous The Quick Keys Suite8 allows you to select the Quick Keys main menu from any screen The quick keys are shortcuts to screens searches and desktop tools Using these keys allows rapid access to information without having to leave the section that you are currently working on For example a customer is making a new reservation while at the same time asking questions about restaurants in the area You can use the Telephone Book quick key for restaurant information instead of aborting the new reservation screen looking up the restaurant information closing the Telephone Book and reopening the new reservation screen Introduction 17 To access the Quick Keys main menu Click the QUICK KEYS menu option The Quick Keys menu is displayed Arrivals CtrirA Availability Ctr D Billing Ctrl B Calendar F4 Conference Diary F3 Conference Floor Plan Shift Alt F3 Currency Calculator Shift 4lt R Event Vacancies Ctrl Shift F3 Event Waitlist Priority Ctrl Floor Plan Ctrl F Goals Ctri Shift 6 Group Reservation Ctrl G Hotel Segment Statistics Ctri Shift 5 House Status CtrHH Inhouse Guests Ctrl I Interface Functions Shift F8 Logbook Shift Alt L Maximum Availability Ctri Shift M Messages Ctrl M New Reservation CtrieN Post
191. igned 214 Interface Functions E Expected Guests EI ia Asc 08 11 11 2 aait 3 Complete the search criteria and click SEARCH 4 Select the required reservation and click the Make Key button The Make Key dialog box is displayed Bi Make Key Guest name Ralph Aceti Key optons SEE 216 Number of keys 1 Arrival date 01 11 2011 Valid Until Date 13 11 20 11 Time 12 00 5 Complete the key details and click the MAKE KEY button 6 Click CLOSE to exit the Expected Guests screen How to print group pre check in keys 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select INTERFACE FUNCTIONS 2 Select KEY and then select GROUP PRE CHECK IN KEYS The Group Reservations screen is displayed 3 Select the required group and click the SELEcT button The Group Keys dialog box is displayed Interface Functions 215 216 8 Group keys E Group Keys Keys Printed O out of 1 Reservation 34783 oe Guest name Frau Jane Korea Key options Room 4 Select the required KEY OPTIONS from the drop down list The key rights entered under Key options will be copied to all group members 5 Click MAKE Key to print a key for the reservation displayed or 6 Click GRoup KEYS to print keys for all group members So that there is enough time to remove the key card from the encoder and enter the next one the OK button has to be pressed after each key is made 7 Click CLOSE to exit the g
192. il the actual date for month and year For this two new fields have been added to the table Sbud called sbud_monthvalue2 and sbud_yearvalue Currently the information can be retrieved from the reports only and are not visible on the budget screen 236 Budget 13 Luggage This option may be used to view edit and print luggage labels to mark a luggage detail as picked up or delivered and to view or change a luggage location for storage or pickup This option is accessible via the option LUGGAGE on the MISCELLANEOUS menu and is parameter controlled How to view and edit luggage details 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select LUGGAGE The Luggage screen is displayed The upper part of the screen consists of search options and date range criteria The middle part of the screen displays the search results in grid format The lower part of the screen displays luggage details and any comments for the selected guest Es Luggage EES Time Interval From 30 10 2011 ES E Show checked out reservations in date range No ofdays 8 E Show reservations in date range only To 06 11 2011 Name famwal Departure Number Quantity Printed 2 There are three search options which can be selected independently or together select the required options Show picked up Delivered displays all luggage details with the status picked up or delivered within the selected time interval Show checked out reservati
193. iles can be included in the night audit routine so that they run automatically Additional information is stored in an export log which can be exported to the same path as the actual export file The data preparation is accomplished with SQL views and the export functionality reads with select statements the views Setting up new or changing existing export functionality is for experienced users only and requires knowledge of SOL and the Suite8 database structure Files such as the night audit reports may be configured to be exported and compressed in one batch file All exports with the same batch file name are grouped in to one batch file the following variables can be used for file names pcdate dateformat hoteldate dateformat batchdate dateformat Modifiers can also be used for example hoteldate 1 or hoteldate 1 If the time stamp should be the same within one batch file the variable batchdate can be used for the batch file name and for the export files Files can be deleted automatically after they are moved into the batch zip by selecting the option DELETE AFTER MOVE TO BATCH How to run an export 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select EXPORT The Exports screen is displayed divided into 2 sections The upper section lists the available export procedures The lower section displays export details about the last run of the selected back office export Export 45 l EXports Ol 2 Ideas x 3 Ide
194. illinginstruction tlogactivity lavalue 148 name lang Financial dbname table FAC group DeptCodes Account billing instruction department codes lagBillinglnstruction laFABillinginstructionDelete tlogactivity lavalue 149 name lang Financial dbname table ZFAC group Account billing instruction deleted lagBillinglnstruction Room laRoomStatusChange tlogactivity lavalue 53 name lang Room status dbname table YRMS changed group lagRooms laRoomHSKPersonCountChange tlogactivity lavalue 58 name lang HSK Room dbname table YRMS Persons Count changed group lagRooms Posting laPostingQuantityChange tlogactivity lavalue 54 name lang Posting dbname table ZPOS group Quantity changed lagPostings laPostingDelete tlogactivity lavalue 366 name lang Posting dbname table POS group Delete lagPostings laPostingCheckOutToCityLedger tlogactivity lavalue 367 name lang Check out to dbname table ZPOS group City Ledger lagPostings laPostingSplit tlogactivity lavalue 392 name lang Posting Split dbname table ZPOS group lagPostings laPostingTransferFrom tlogactivity lavalue 444 name lang Posting dbname table ZPOS group Transfer From lagPostings laPosting Transfer tlogactivity lavalue 439 name lang Posting dbname table ZPOS group Transfer
195. ings Generic Generic 3 tab For example if the level is set to 3 the original password can only be used again the fourth time Change Password 193 8 User Sessions User Sessions This option is used to control and log off user sessions A list of all users currently logged into the system is displayed To log off a user click the LOG OFF button To close the screen click the CLOSE button User sessions dialog box Terminal Defines the computer name as entered View only in the system properties The login name for Suites Login Time The time the user logged in This is the time taken from the workstation Last Call The time and date of the users last View only transaction in Suite 8 This is the time taken from the workstation User Sessions 195 9 User Settings This option allows users to customize their Suite 8 settings The user settings are divided into several different categories each one represented by a tab Tree used to set the default for confirmation messages on the profile tree Startup used to set the Startup Screen and to define the language for Suite 8 Appearance used to change the appearance of various options Profile to set the user defaults for the profile screen report storage and folio editor Search Screens used to set the default settings for the search screens Reservation used to set the default settings for the reservation screen Billing use
196. ings Ctrk E Profiles Ctrl P Quick Reservation Cori Q Rate Query CErHR Reports Ctri Shift R Room Rack Ctrl L Room Search Ctrl 5 Room Type Availability Ctri Shift D Space Occupancy Ctrl F3 Table Reservation Ctri Shift 4 Telephone Book Ctrl T Update Reservation Ctrl U Introduction The Date Box The format of the dates and the separators between the dates may vary from one hotel to another The date format is defined in the Control Panel Windows Regional Settings Options Typical date formats include the following dd yy MM dd yyyy yy MM dd yyyy MM dd dd MMM YY You can type the date directly in the date box however it must be typed exactly as per the pre defined format There are many date boxes in the system for example Arrival Date or From Date The date can be either a specific date or an as of date Arrival date 01 03 2011 From 01 03 2011 A specific date is when you need to see what happened on that day For example you need to see which guests have departed 01 01 03 An as of date is when you need to find out information starting from that date For example you need to read the room rack starting from 09 09 03 through 12 09 03 Changing the date The date can be changed by typing a new date or with the use of the calendar To type a new date 1 Place the cursor in the Date box 2 Type the new date in the Date box in the defined format including sepa
197. ion will be available in edit mode in the selected application The path and the file name for the export A default path and file name are completed but may be changed as required e g C temp Arrivals_29062008_1528 xls The path defaults to c temp and the file name is the report name date time Printer Setup dialog box With this information Primary Printer By default the primary printer defined in the configuration for the print job LIST AND REPORTS is selected A different printer can be selected from the list of defined printers if required The number of copies to be printed Collation Defines if collated copies are used For example collated copies are printed as 1 2 3 1 2 3 and uncollated they are printed as 1 1 2 2 3 3 This is mainly used for Fiscal Reports Collation can be selected by default via the configuration Pages O O All pages Selected by default all pages of the report are printed From 1 to Select this option to print from page 1 to the page number defined Select this option to define the range of page numbers to be printed Reports 77 78 Secondary By default the secondary printer defined in the configuration Printer for the print job LIST AND REPORTS is selected A different printer can be selected from the list of defined printers if required This is used if the selected printer can feed different trays Copies The number of copies to be printed Collation Defines if
198. is Cube Reports Cube Reports are user definable reports using an Olap structure created from the operational data Olap is an acronym for On Line Analytical Processing A snapshot is taken of a relational database and restructured into dimensional data Cube reports allow the running of queries against this data as well as the defining of dimensions and measures Two main modules can be used for cube reports Cube Viewer to view change or edit existing cube reports Cube Designer to design new cube definition files or open existing cube definition files under Cube Viewer Setup How to view edit the report section for OLAP Cube reports 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed On the left hand side of the screen the existing reports are grouped into user definable sections and sub sections 2 Point to the report section and right click to display the shortcut menu select EDIT Add gt Edit Delete Translate The Sections dialog box is displayed eer Code REC Description Reservation Cube Reports Section role Report Source type OLAP Cube Print job Lists and Reports security level 1 All Reports Hotel segment The SECTION ROLE has to be Report to create or print cube reports 4 The SOURCE TYPE indicates the type of report and has to be OLAP Cube to create or print cube reports The PRINT JOB has to match the type of reports that will be print
199. is EERS ER center re ny ie ee EE ee ee 211 EA AE EE EE RE EE N EE 213 Telephone BOOR ES ee lloc 216 Interface Postre EOS 221 Netty Nicht N adel OS mensura oie 222 di External Ap CAOS taat N N aaa ais Ja 223 TA BUE alal aa aiaiai 225 Manacor Report Bel ll aiad en AEEA 225 Reventa budset se ie Ee Se es cit scan 229 EE UR Oe EE OE EE EE EE EE EE EE eae 237 Printer setup toriuesage labels 240 HE OEE 6 OOO ss is isi AAA 243 15 Today s Activistas 245 TO NED CIVIC id 247 17 EE O EE AE EE ia 249 Error AI OE EA EE T 253 Ema EOS AE LE EE a 257 Translation 6094 07030 1167 gt sas 260 18 Mafntgal Statisties ese se RSG RR N N ee N Ge WE WA aS ee Ke de de Ga Ke 261 POO eel OU EE one RE EE RED EE ER Ee ea Re Ee 205 20 Police WMC TEAC si isi sie din ede ds ede du du hace ee da mada ed daa ee ede ede ese ede wee de de de ede 271 21 Custom SOE VIEW IAEA aaa ee ee 273 Custom SOL NV elas ies 273 22 Vacation Sharing sees EES aa ERGE ibaira d N We 277 Vacation ona da pai DS De 277 23 A ppendi AA LAAR 281 APP A WEOG ed eee ee Us 281 Ri EE EE EEEE EEE EEE 301 Preface Preface Audience This user manual is intended for system users and system administrators Customer Support To contact Oracle Customer Support access My Oracle Support at the following URL https support oracle com When contacting Customer Support please provide the following Product version and program module name Functional and technical description of the
200. is module can use a report to calculate simple commission All reservations linked to an agent source or company profile with a defined commission code can be retrieved by the Simple Commission Report after check out The report can be run by agent source or company How to define the simple commission attribute category On the SETUP menu select CONFIGURATION to display the configuration options Click CRM and select ATTRIBUTE CATEGORIES from the drop down list Click New to display the Attributes Categories dialog box Enter SCM for the attribute CODE Enter SIMPLE COMMISSION CODES for the DESCRIPTION In the SELECTION TYPE box select SINGLE from the drop down list ete SYS In the PROFILE section select the COMPANY check box Reports Ed Attribute Categories Code SCO Description Simple Commission Selection Type Single E Show Longdescription F E IF Mandatory E Mandatory Address F Address Reservation FF Reservation Detail Copy to Reservation First Page Special Attribute Page Mandatory Multi quest Copy to multi quest Financial Accounts E A R E Mandatory Interface Key Rights T Rights Minibar Rights Video Rights Booking Event Resource Booking Event E Resource F First Page F First Page E Mandatory E Mandatory Other E Table reservation Rate code E Turnaway Available in Web Booking 8 Click OK to save the attribute category Attribute Categories dialog box
201. k name lang Block header YBLH group dbname table lagBlock tlogactivity lavalue changed name lang Block header YBLH group tlogactivity lavalue links dbname table lagBlock name lang Change in profile YBLH group dbname table lagBlock tlogactivity lavalue changed name lang Block status YBLH group tlogactivity lavalue grid dbname table lagBlock name lang New record in YBLD group dbname table lagBlock tlogactivity lavalue 41 name lang Change room YBLD group tlogactivity lavalue cutoff date dbname table lagBlock name lang Change detail YBLD group dbname table lagBlock tlogactivity lavalue 143 name lang Change header cutoff date YBLH group dbname table lagBlock tlogactivity lavalue 407 name lang Manual cutoff YBLH group dbname table lagBlock tlogactivity lavalue 408 name lang NightAudit cutoff YBLH group tlogactivity lavalue 47 name lang New reservation billing instruction dbname table YRES group lagBillinglnstruction tlogactivity lavalue 48 name lang Reservation billing instruction from date dbname table YRES group lagBillinglnstruction laChgResBillinginstruction FromDate laChgResBillingInstruction Unti
202. k dT Tasks Tasks Tasks notstarted Synchronize Outlook Depending on the folders selected the number of records will be displayed in the SELECTED PROFILES SELECTED ACTIVITIES and SELECTED TASKS boxes at the top of the screen 3 Click the Export button Export to Outlook 243 A confirmation message is displayed Information 4 Click Yes to continue enter the MS Outlook password if requested 5 Depending on your MS Outlook settings you may be prompted with a message from MS Outlook requesting access permission Microsoft Outlook A program is trying to access e mail addresses you have stored in Outlook Do you want to allow this IF this is unexpected it may be a virus and vou should choose No allow access for i minute 7 Select the check box ALLOW ACCESS FOR and click YES Once access is granted the export to MS Outlook starts and the export process is displayed on the Export to Outlook screen Tradeways Inc Finished synchronization Tradeways Inc Marritz Conferences Ball Sandy Finished synchronization Ball Sandy Finished synchronization Marritz Conferences Finished synchronization Toast Thomas Maier Max Finished synchronization Maier Max Demo Igor Finished synchronization Demo Igor Schuster Solveig Finished synchronization Schuster Solveig 8 The export process is finished when the message Finished database synchronization is displayed in the export process window
203. kr L Milton Keynes Exp Coll Sort 174 Report Procedures 13 Click the ALL FILTERED button this will place a red cross next to everything in the ACTIVE ITEMS UNSORTED panel 14 Locate the city for which you want to list the company top producers by room night click once on the red cross next to it to change this to a green tick mark 15 Click OK to close the Dimensions editor screen and then click OK to close the map builder so that the cube report is re displayed V Show subtotals J Show measures 4 Show grand total Show empty rows columns t a th Oct 2011 des Ja Value ty p Berlin 309 00 16 Click the next to CITY to expand the results and then click on VALUE to sort the results in descending order Show subtotals Show measures Show grand total E Show empty rows columns sal Oct 2011 ES Date ih des Value a Tr City Company Revenue Type Berlin 209 00 Fischer Export amp impo Room Nights Berlin 23 00 MICROS Fidelio Gmb Room Nights Berlin 46 00 No Name Company Room Nights 208 00 Schmidt amp Partner Gr Room Might 10787 Berlini 26 00 This report can now be exported to an excel spreadsheet or html file as desired Report Procedures 175 6 Calendar Events This option may be used to enter or view calendar events and is accessible via the option CALENDAR EVENTS on the MISCELLANEOUS menu Both current and past calendar events can be displayed
204. l Pay 05 12 11 3 55 00 PM 0014326872566 00 03 55 05 12 11 4 07 00 PM 00923333299066 00 12 11 05 12 11 4 07 00 PM 02173481094 00 03 39 05 12 11 3 55 00 PM 00143268 72566 00 03 55 05 12 11 4 08 00 PM 04036806 777 00 00 29 5 Select the telephone charge to be transferred and click the Pay button The profile search screen is displayed 6 Search for or create the appropriate guest profile click SELECT In order to post the charge a financial account is automatically created and checked in 7 The Payment Posting screen is displayed 218 Interface Functions E Payment Posting Payment Department Amount Use Bonus ik Voucher 1 EUR 1 00 FUR ae Close 8 Complete the payment details and click the Post button to post the payment A message is displayed indicating that the payment was successful 9 Click OK to close the message A message is displayed informing you that the account has been checked out and asking if you would like to create an invoice This account has been checked out Would you like to create invoice 10 Click Yes to create an invoice the Folio Styles dialog box is displayed Interface Functions 219 8 Folio Styles Customer Aceti Ralph 44 Balance 0 00 Style Standard A Display telephone details on invoice 11 Select the required folio STYLE from the list of defined folio styles 12 The following options are available Click PRINT to print the
205. l date 10 11 2007 of the reservation r AM Interface On DE 8 NB 10 007 unassig 23 10 11 9 10 21 AM 010 W1006 Invalid Room Type was sent for reservation A Interface On DE 8 NB 10 007 unassig 23 10 11 3 26 46 PM 010 E1000 Problem to process reservation request Rese 010 W1001 Arrival date 10 11 2007 of the reservation request 2998348 1 01 is in the past Hotel date is 11 2 2010 CRS Number 2998348 1 01 an gt Close 3 On the Log Entries tab the following options are available To display errors for a specific interface select the required interface from the IFC ERROR TYPES drop down list Click SHOW ERRORS ONLY FOR THIS USER to display errors only for the logged in user Click SHOW ERRORS ONLY FOR THIS TERMINAL to display errors that occurred only on this workstation Click SHOW ONLY UNREAD to display only errors which have not been marked as read this option is selected by default and unread messages are indicated by A in the first column 4 Select the required options and click the REFRESH button to update the list of error messages Once an error message has been viewed it can be marked as read the message remains in the error log but is no longer shown by default on the log entries screen 5 Click MARK AS READ to mark the selected error message as read or click MARK UNREAD to mark the selected error message as unread Multiple error messages can be selected
206. l monthly values for a department HOU House Use 0 00 0 00 0 00 if you leave it on 0 it will be considered that AIR Air Crew Contracts 0 00 0 00 0 00 you want 0 budget for that month Old i a values will be deleted when you press Save WEB Web Booking 0 00 0 00 0 00 OWN Owner 0 00 0 00 0 00 To change a single month s value double dick VAC Vacation Sharing Member 0 00 0 00 0 00 pias Market Code s UI To limit the list of department market or source codes select the required codes from the drop down list and click the REFRESH button to update the display 6 In the START DATE box enter the date from which to start entering the budget or select a date from the calendar 7 In the revenue TYPE box select the type of revenue figures to enter net and gross revenue figures can be entered for all three budget types room nights and persons can be entered for market and source code budgets 8 Enter the monthly amount or use the calculator to calculate the monthly budget amount 2 Select the required DEPARTMENT MARKET Or SOURCE code from the grid on the left hand side and click the green arrow next to the amount to update the month columns 0 00 10 Click the SAVE button 11 A message is displayed advising that Existing values will be overwritten Do you want to continue Confirmation 12 Select YES to continue A progress bar is displayed as the values which were entered per month ar
207. lDate tlogactivity lavalue 49 name lang Reservation billing instruction until date dbname table YRES group lagBillinglnstruction 284 Appendix laChgResBillingInstruction tlogactivity lavalue 50 name dbname table YRES group Target lang Reservation billing instruction target lagBillinginstruction laChgResBillingInstruction tlogactivity lavalue 51 name dbname table YRES group DeptCodes lang Reservation billing instruction department lagBillinglnstruction codes laResBillinginstructionDelete tlogactivity lavalue 52 name dbname table YRES group lang Reservation billing instruction deleted lagBillinglnstruction laNewFABillinglnstruction tlogactivity lavalue 144 name lang New dbname table FAC group financial account billing instruction lagBillinglnstruction laChgFABillinginstruction tlogactivity lavalue 145 name lang Financial dbname table FAC group FromDate Account billing instruction from date lagBillinginstruction laChgFABillinginstruction tlogactivity lavalue 146 name lang Financial dbname table FAC group UntilDate Account billing instruction until date lagBillinglnstruction laChgFABillinginstruction tlogactivity lavalue 147 name lang Financial dbname table ZFAC group Target Account billing instruction target lagBillinglnstruction laChgFAB
208. laNewReservation laChgResE xpArrival laChgResExpDeparture laChgResActArrival laChgResActDeparture laChgResCheckinTime laChgResCheckOutTime laChgResResStatus laChgResGuaranteeCode laChgResContractedCurrency laChgResProfile laChgResYBOM laChgratediffreason laChgreswalkin laChgResColor laChgResRoomFeature laCheckoutRes laChgResNoPost laChgResPrintrate laChgResT axfreeadult tlogactivity lavalue 0 name lang New reservation tlogactivity lavalue 1 name lang Reservation expected arrival date tlogactivity lavalue 2 name lang Reservation expected departure date tlogactivity lavalue 3 name lang Reservation actual arrival date tlogactivity lavalue 4 name lang Reservation actual departure date tlogactivity lavalue 5 name lang Reservation expected check in time tlogactivity lavalue 6 name lang Reservation expected check out time tlogactivity lavalue 7 name lang Reservation status tlogactivity lavalue 8 name lang Reservation guarantee code tlogactivity lavalue 9 name lang Reservation contracted currency tlogactivity lavalue 10 name lang Reservation customer profile tlogactivity lavalue 345 name lang Reservation booking tlogactivity lavalue 11 name lang Reservation rate difference reason tlogactivity lavalue 43 n
209. lavalue 137 name lang New Miscellaneous License tlogactivity lavalue 138 name lang Miscellaneous license code tlogactivity lavalue 139 name lang Miscellaneous license description tlogactivity lavalue 140 name lang Miscellaneous license name tlogactivity lavalue 141 name lang Miscellaneous license active dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems dbname table YEMI group lagEventStandardMltems
210. lavalue 191 name lang Task Description tlogactivity lavalue 192 name lang Task Start Date tlogactivity lavalue 193 name lang Task Due Date tlogactivity lavalue 194 name lang Task Status tlogactivity lavalue 195 name lang Task Priority tlogactivity lavalue 196 name lang Task Date Completed tlogactivity lavalue 197 name lang Task Percentage Completed tlogactivity lavalue 198 name lang Task Copy tlogactivity lavalue 199 name lang Task Move tlogactivity lavalue 200 name lang Task Notes tlogactivity lavalue 201 name lang Task Deleted dbname table lagT ask dbname table lag Task dbname table lagT ask dbname table lag Task dbname table lagT ask dbname table lag Task dbname table lag Task dbname table lagT ask dbname table lagT ask dbname table lagT ask dbname table lagT ask dbname table lagT ask dbname table lagT ask dbname table lagT ask dbname table lagT ask WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group t
211. le begin var X func Xy Reports expr expr expr Result expr end Where Expr Measure Measure or Measure Measure or Measure Measure or Measure Measure or Measure Constant or Measure Var or Measure Func or Expr 7 Expr or Function Expr Where Measure MeasureName or Measure Name or MeasureName VIEWNAME Where VIEWNAME is VALUE measure value RANK BY COL measure rank in column order RANK BY ROW measure rank in row order COUNT number of records which were aggregated to calculate measure value ROW total value by current measure row COLUMN total value by current measure column PREV BY ROW previous member by row order PREV_BY_COL previous member by column order NEXT BY ROW Next member by row order NEXT BY COL Next member by column order List of supported functions SQRT value ABS value SIN value COS value POWER value power POWER2 value LOG10 value Reports 159 160 LN value EXP value NEG value Example begin var a var b func Xy a Summa b Count Result xy a b end Reports 5 Report Procedures This option may be used to view print and export report procedures and is accessible via the option REPORT PROCEDURES on the Miscellaneous menu Report Procedures are programmed reports that retrieve information from several tables and offer on screen calc
212. lection box as the second field for example the long description Lookup query A valid SQL statement can be entered as lookup This is used to sort the fields within the multi select box for example by the short description Report File tab Internal Editor Report Field Definition 09090909 Description The name of the Internal Editor file RTF stored in the database Feature Defines if a report should be listed subject to licence code Reports will not be displayed if the license of the selected feature is not active As soon as all reports are not valid the section itself will be suppressed This option is displayed only in debug mode Reports 85 86 Name The name of the report parameter as defined on the Internal Editor The display order can be customized with the red up and down arrows See Standard Parameters The description of the report parameter Parameter properties Name The name of the report parameter Caption This is mostly the same as the report parameter as on internal editor forms and templates the parameter is substituted with a value and not displayed as a caption Data type Displays the data type of the field used for the selected parameter Options available on the Crystal Report file tab Load Report Displays the reports available to be loaded in the default report directory The directory can be changed if required Edit Report Opens the report in Crystal Report Designer Note This o
213. logactivity lavalue 203 name lang New Overbooking dbname table YOVB group lagOverbooking laOverbookingN EW laOverbookingUPDATE laOverbookingDELETE Locator laLocatorINSERT laLocatorUPDATE Luggage tlogactivity lavalue 204 name lang Overbooking Update dbname table YOVB group lagOverbooking tlogactivity lavalue 205 name lang Overbooking Delete dbname table YOVB group lagOverbooking tlogactivity lavalue 206 name lang New locator dbname table WACT group lagLocator tlogactivity lavalue 207 name lang Locator Update dbname table WACT group lagLocator laLuggageCreate tlogactivity lavalue 208 name lang Luggage creation dbname table WLUG group lagLuggage tlogactivity lavalue 209 name lang Luggage edited dbname table WLUG group lagLuggage laLuggageEdited Appendix 295 laLuggagePrinted tlogactivity lavalue 210 name lang Luggage dbname table WLUG group printed lagLuggage laLuggageStatusChanged tlogactivity lavalue 211 name lang Luggage dbname table WLUG group status changed lagLuggage laLuggageLocationChanged tlogactivity lavalue 212 name lang Luggage dbname table WLUG group location changed lagLuggage Financial Accounts laFAReinstate tlogactivity lavalue
214. logactivity lavalue 95 name lang Block cutoff date llaChgBookBIkCutOffDays tlogactivity lavalue 96 name lang Block cutoff days laChgBookRmsDecisionDate tlogactivity lavalue 97 name lang Booking Rooms Decision Date laChgBookRmsFollowUpdate tlogactivity lavalue 98 name lang Booking Rooms Follow up Date llaChgBookBlockStatus tlogactivity lavalue 99 name lang Block status llaChgNoofReservation tlogactivity lavalue 99 name lang No of Reservations llaChgBookRoomingListDate tlogactivity lavalue 221 name lang Booking Group Name laChgBookBreakfastIncl tlogactivity lavalue 222 name lang Breakfast Incl llaChgBookBreaktastPrice tlogactivity lavalue 223 name lang Breakfast Price lachgBookBreakfastDesc tlogactivity lavalue 224 name lang Breakfast Description laChgBookPorteragelncl tlogactivity lavalue 225 name lang Porterage Incl llaChgBookPorteragePrice tlogactivity lavalue 226 name lang Porterage Price laChgBookNotesUpdate tlogactivity lavalue 298 name lang Booking Notes llaChgBookNotesDelete tlogactivity lavalue 228 name lang Booking Notes Delete llaChgBookTrackChanges tlogactivity lavalue 162 name lang Track changes Appendix dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lag
215. ltValueName Default Value E Invisible E Prompt system parameter on run Enter the name of the report in the DESCRIPTION box In the REPORT NAME box select the required report file from the drop down list Click the REPORT FILE tab the report description file name location and parameters have been completed FCR_PMS_4388_RES_WITH_BIRTHDAY rpt Relative path sub directory NEWREPORTS E Manual Set Location Crystal Reports 7 Click OK to save the report and close the Report Edit dialog box Reports The report is now listed on the main reports screen How to import a text editor report 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed 2 In the report tree on the left hand side of the screen select the report section the Internal Editor Report template is to be created in The SOURCE TYPE of the section must be defined as TEXT FORMAT TEMPLATE 3 Click the New button to display the Report Edit dialog box EI Report Edit Report Report File Report information Translated Description Description Report name Number of copies on primary printer Number of copies on secondary printer Night audit options Default English 1 All Reports Default Value Name Invisible Prompt system parameter on run 4 Enter the name of the report in the DESCRIPTION box In the REPORT NAME box select the req
216. m nights and persons can be displayed for market and source code budgets Click the REFRESH button to display the budget as per the selected criteria Budget lala Budget type market code y Mass Settings Settings Display Market Code s gt Type net Date 09703 2010 hd EE Be AKA KAKA Re e AAA 18 002 84 36 418 79 1 441 21 22 398 10 2 807 77 5 511 22 09 03 2010 Group 9 134 07 11 509 07 4 186 08 6 668 84 1 014 05 1 014 05 9 Click CLOSE to exit the Budget setup screen How to enter budget by month via mass settings 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select BUDGET 2 Select REVENUE BUDGET from the Budget menu to display the Budget Setup screen A revenue budget can be setup up by DEPARTMENT CODE MARKET CODE and SOURCE CODE 3 In the BUDGET TYPE box select the required budget type 4 Click MASS SETTINGS to display the Budget Mass Settings screen Any previously entered budget figures are displayed Budget 231 iii sees Market j January February March IND Individual 0 00 0 00 0 00 fr CWC Company with Contract 0 00 0 00 0 00 Start Date 01 01 20 11 ed Refresh CNC Company without Contract 0 00 0 00 0 00 WEE Weekend 0 00 0 00 0 00 Type Net GRP Group 0 00 0 00 0 00 This screen is designed to allow entering TOU Tour Serie 0 00 0 00 0 00 large amount of data which means it is not EE Er suitable to modify single months You have CPL Complimentary 0 00 0 00 0 00 to enter al
217. mating Be Gross Extra Per Person eee 70 00 Build format he Be Net Extra Per Person hd Re Gross Total Per Person k Re Net Total Per Person Formula is calculated measure Et M Result GROSSTOTALREV PNOOFPERSONS M end E The calculated measure can be selected from the Measure manager dialog box additional formatting can be entered and the calculated measure can be placed in position using drag and drop Note Manually created measures are also exported to the XML file when using the SAVE SETUP button from the Cube Designer Menu How to create a total column using calculated measures 1 Click on REPORTS on the Miscellaneous menu Miscellaneous Toolbar or use the quick key CTRL SHIFT R 2 Select the required cube report and click EDIT to open the Report Edit dialog box Select the REPORT FILE tab and click the EDIT button to open the Cube Viewer screen 8 Cube Viewer File Cube Definition View Run Settings 4 Click the RUN menu option to open the report parameters dialog box Reports 153 Parameters Start date 01 11 2011 End Date 05 11 2011 gt Company Name 5 Click the EXECUTE button to display the report 8 Eile View sid 2011 11 Nov a ad ETTE EE 6 Click the MEASURE MANAGER icon 8 to open the Measure Manager 154 Reports ak Mic Display caption Hh ZF Gross Room Revenue Room Nights E k OF Net Room Revenue i k EF Gross F amp
218. mation or combined information that is retrieved with specific formulas from the fields of the database tables such as address salutation number of rooms or rate User defined lists user defined fields Users familiar with the table contents and database structure of Suite 8 can define custom fields with formulas and add them to the list of user defined fields Fields in the user defined section are displayed in alphabetical order when a new field is created it is placed at the bottom of the list at the time of creation and will be sorted alphabetically the next time you edit the report Using standard fields A blank space must be inserted between two standard fields in order to place both values correctly on the report template It is not possible to insert the space afterwards the fields have to be removed from the report template and inserted again with the space For example when using the standard fields Firstname and Lastname the space has to be placed right after the first name before inserting the standard field last name NAMENLASIMAMES will print only the first name NAMB LASTNAME will print both the first and the last name Creating a new query 1 Display the Internal Editor screen SEL 2 Click the DESIGNER menu and select QUERY or click the button The Query Definition dialog box is displayed with a list of custom queries Query definition with the parameter CONF_YRES_ID 120 Reports R Quer
219. me of the workstation on which the error occurred The time the error occurred See e iek ies Read By The name of the user who marked the error as read Read on Terminal The name of the terminal where the error was marked as read 256 Logs Logs Starting Suite8 with the parameter screenshots Sometimes screen shots can help in reproducing and solving an error The parameter SCREENSHOTS can be added to the command line of the Fidelio Suite8 short cut in order to track with screen shots all the activities performed on the workstation before an error occurs Note The recording of screen shots is not limited to Suite 8 but includes any other programs being run on the workstation such as an email program or MS Word Key Points The screen shots are stored on the local workstation in the sub directory V8SCREENSHOTOOOO in the same location as the error log file Up to 240 screen shots can be stored in this directory however they will be overwritten the next time Suite 8 is started with this parameter The parameter should be used only on one workstation at a time to avoid performance issues Once the error message occurs Fidelio Suite 8 should be closed and the screen shot recording stopped by removing the parameter from the command line The screen shots can then be compressed and sent together with the error log file to the local support office Note To make sure that there is no conflict with regards to Data
220. message is displayed Night Audit Confirmation There are expected reservations with prebilling postings that are not yet checked tn Are you sure you want to continue with Night Audit 10 Click OK to close the message the night audit is stopped The expected reservations with pre billing postings must be checked in or the arrival date changed before the night audit can be re started If there are reservations with billing instructions to financial accounts that are not yet checked in then the following message is displayed Confirmation There are expected financial accounts that are not yet checked in Do you want them all to be checked in automatically 11 Click Yes to check in the expected financial accounts If the question is answered with No the night audit will not continue if the charges routed to a financial account are for a group booking If the charges are routed from an individual reservation night audit will remove the billing instructions and continue If there are reservations that are not yet checked in then the following message is displayed Confirmation There are expected reservations that are not yet checked in Are you sure you want to continue with Night Audit 12 Click YES to continue with the night audit and change the status of the expected reservations to No Show clicking No will stop the night audit If there are cashiers who are not closed then the following message is display
221. meter Name Default Value Name Default Value CHECKED IN CHECKED IN SORT ORDER SORT ORDER No SP REPORTMAME SP REPORTMAME SP PRINTUSER SP PRINTUSER SP HOTELMAME SP HOTELNAME SP PRINTGRAY SP PRINTGRAY Group By Group By E Invisible Prompt system parameter on run Select the check box PROMPT SYSTEM PARAMETER ON RUN Click OK to save the changes and exit the Report Edit screen Click the EXECUTE button to display the execute print dialog box for the selected report R Arrivals today sorted by Name Parameters Ind checked in 8 Complete the report parameters and click EXECUTE or PRINT as required Reports Report Export dialog box Select the type of output from the list of available output types toWindow displays the report on the screen toExport exports the report to file or application toPrinter sends the report to the defined printer The following options are available only if the output type TOEXPORT is selected Destination Defines if the report is to be exported to a file or to an application File Type Select the file type from the list of available file types ASCII ExcelXLS HTML4 Rich Text Format Word for Windows Adobe Acrobat PDF Tab Separated Text Application If the file is being exported to an application select the required application from the list of defined applications The available applications are defined in the configuration Files that have been exported to an applicat
222. mns offers next to the usual Grid Options a new menu item called Rename Selecting Rename allows saving the customization per language to a new table called WCRN In Suite8 the following terminology is used The module is called Suite8 Vacation Sharing Module Customers are called Vacation Members The following report is supplied with Suites FCR_PMS_8570_MFP_CONF_VACATION rtf The following view is used for confirmation letters V8_ED_VACATIONCONTRACT How to view and edit a Vacation Sharing contract 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select VACATION SHARING The vacation sharing search navigator screen is displayed The upper part of the screen consists of multiple search criteria You may fill in multiple fields to narrow the search criteria press More Filter button to open more search options The lower part of the screen displays the search results in grid format 2 Enter the search criteria and press Search button UJ Select the required VACATION SHARING CONTRACT from the list of available contract and click the EDIT button the vacation sharing contract is displayed Make any changes necessary If you change the price click Refresh Price Click Validate button to validate the Contract Select Stay Mode to view the price in stay mode Oo Oo O a Click OK to save the changes or click CANCEL to exit without saving the changes How to enter a Vacation Sharing contract 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and
223. n will display However if the user does not have rights for the selected screen the settings will be cleared User Settings 197 Language Defines the language to use per user however it is dependant upon user rights The language can be selected from the list of defined languages Usually only one language is used especially if different users share one workstation but users having access to Suite8 via their own workstation could use a Spanish Italian French or German version even if the property version is English Billing Windows Layout Defines the default layout per user when opening the billing window The default layout can be set to vertical or horizontal but can be changed when opening the billing window Fixed charges tab by Defines if the fixed charges tab will be displayed by default default on the edit reservation screen Grid font Enables the changing of the font displayed on grids Click on the CHANGE button to display the font dialog box Function Space Order in Defines the default custom order for the function Diary spaces on the conference diary Function Space View Type Defines the default view to be displayed in the in Diary conference diary Display Availability in Defines the type of availability figures to be Room Rack displayed under the day and date at the top of the screen Appearance User Settings Minimum Availability Displays the minimum number of rooms that the hotel can sell
224. nd select NIGHT AUDIT The Night Audit screen is displayed 2 Click SET DATE the Set system date dialog box is displayed Set system date Please enter the new system date Night Audit 43 3 Type the new date in the PLEASE ENTER NEW SYSTEM DATE box or click the drop down arrow and select a date from the calendar 4 Click OK to set the new date The progress steps are logged in the night audit window if any of the control checks fail then the reason for the failure is logged and the date will not be changed 5 Click CLOSE to close the night audit window Note The Suite 8 date is not always identical to the system date The system date changes at midnight and the Suite 8 date is not changed until the night audit has been completed The option to set the Suite 8 date is controlled by the user right CHANGE SYSTEM DATE WITHOUT RUNNING NIGHT AUDIT under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Night Audit Night Audit 3 Export This option may be used to setup and manually run export files and is accessible via the option EXPORT on the MISCELLANEOUS menu Mainly used for the export of files from back office interfaces however some countries use it to provide an export of statistics or VAT export files If the export functionality is used to export files for a back office interface a valid license code has to be entered and the department codes for the export have to be configured Export f
225. nd the template DESCRIPTION completed Click the EDIT button The Internal Editor screen is displayed On the right hand side of the screen click DATA SOURCES and then EMAIL to display the available email data sources Reports E Data Sources E EMAIL oo WMAL ATTACHMENT FILE NAME WMAI FIDELIODATE MAL LAST ATTEMPT MAL NO OF ATTEMPTS MAAL SENDER AMA SENT AAA SUBJECT oo WhMAL TO ie WTXT_COMPRESSED H Functions EE Parameters 61 Fields 7 Add email details to the template by double clicking the required email data source 8 Email Template File View Edit Insert Format Outline Designer SE veal A A A S g ljo Y Arial 11 E EE TE OE EE EO HEL OE HE ANSI EMAILWMAI TO EMAILWMAI SENDER x EMAILWMAI_SUBJECT EMAIL WMAI FIDELIODATE EmailBodyUnzipped 8 Click SAVE on the FILE menu to save the template 9 Click CLOSE on the FILE menu to exit the internal editor screen The Report Edit dialog box is displayed with the Report File tab selected and the parameter information completed 10 Click OK to close the Report Edit dialog box The template is now listed on the main reports screen Note Email printing is available for emails sent as body text and not for emails where the text is sent as an attachment Reports 95 96 The email template used to send confirmation letters via email is defined via the option EMAIL TEMPLATE PRINTOUT under Setup Configurati
226. nd then select MAKE KEY The Select type of key dialog box is displayed Es Select type EN C fs New Key Duplicate Key _ One shot key Cancel 3 Select New KEY or DUPLICATE KEY as required and click OK The In House Guests screen is displayed listing by default all in house guests select FINANCIAL ACCOUNT to display all the in house financial accounts Interface Functions 213 E EE El Guest Name First Q Search TT Leed Reservation 2 Financial Account Room Name arrival Departure se Aceti Ralph Aceti Ralph Appleton Joey Arnold Josef Baker David Bond Hans Joachim Busfahrer Fausten Stefan Hannemann Uschi Hektar Christian Multer Joachim SMW Sales meeting worldwide new Scien Sai 4 Complete the search criteria and click SEARCH 5 Select the required reservation and click the MAKE KEY button The Make Key dialog box is displayed Es Make Key Guest name Ralph Aceti Key options Room Number of keys 1 Arrival date 01 11 2011 Valid Until Date 13 11 20 li Time 12 00 6 Complete the key details and click the MAKE Key button 7 Click CLOSE to exit the In House Guests screen How to print a key for an expected arrival 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select INTERFACE FUNCTIONS 2 Select KEY and then select MAKE KEYS PRIOR TO CHECK IN The Expected Guests screen is displayed listing all expected arrivals with a room number ass
227. nder tlogactivity lavalue Completed tlogactivity lavalue tlogactivity lavalue tlogactivity lavalue tlogactivity lavalue tlogactivity lavalue 142 name lang Miscellaneous 163 name lang New Activity 164 name lang Activity 165 name lang Activity Contact 166 name lang Activity 167 name lang Activity Resp 168 name lang Activity Assigned 169 name lang Activity Type 170 name lang Activity 171 name lang Activity All day 172 name lang Activity Start 173 name lang Activity Start 174 name lang Activity End 175 name lang Activity End 176 name lang Activity Show As 177 name lang Activity Private 178 name lang Activity 179 name lang Activity Date 180 name lang Activity Copy 181 name lang Activity Deleted 182 name lang Activity Notes 183 name lang Activity Move tlogactivity lavalue 184 name lang New Task tlogactivity lavalue 185 name lang Task Company tlogactivity lavalue 186 name lang Task Contact dbname table WLIC group lagMiscLicense dbname table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity dbname
228. nder Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Reports Binary Reports Report Synchronization This option may be used to compare and synchronize reports in the database with reports on a network or local directory and is accessible via the REPORT FILES option on the Reports screen The default directory for report comparison is defined in the configuration but may be changed as required Reports which do not exist in the database can be imported to the default report import section defined in the configuration The SEARCH AND FILTER option can be used to search for and filter reports the search is performed by key stroke so as soon as an entry is made in the Search and Filter box the search commences The REPORT SYNC STATUS and the REPORT NAME columns can be sorted by clicking on the column header How to run report synchronization 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed Click REPORT FILES to display the Report Configuration screen Click the SYNCHRONIZE button The Synchronize Reports screen is displayed The SELECTED DIRECTORY PATH defaults to the new report directory defined in the configuration E Synchronize Reports E Es Select Directory Selected Directory Path C Fidelio Reportimport A Load L y Compare Search and Filter Q sear Pe Synchronize O
229. ng History by Arrival Date Booking History by Arrival Year Baje Select all RPT Booking History by Posted Date Report Usage 1g rig Bbk Select all RIF SP_HOTELADDRESS SP_HOTELCITY SP_HOTELCOUNTRY SP_HOTELNAME SP_HOTELZIPCODE SP_HOTELEMAIL SP_HOTELFAX SP_HOTELTELEFON SP_HOTELWEB SP_LETTERUSER SP_PRINTUSER SP_REPORT_LANGUAGE SP_LANGID SP USER ID CONF XADR ID CONF XCMS ID CONF CONTACT XCMS ID CONF XCOM ID CONF WLAN ID CONF GREETINGTYPE CONF_ADDRGREET CONF LETTGREET ORE YGRP ID 4 Caption SP_HOTELADDRESS SP_HOTELCITY SP HOTELCOUNTRY SP HOTELNAME SP HOTELZIPCODE SP HOTELEMAIL SP_HOTELFAX SP_HOTELTELEFON SP_HOTELWEB SP_LETTERUSER SP_PRINTUSER SP_REPORT_LANGUAGE SP_LANGID SP USER ID CONF XADR ID CONF XCMS ID CONF CONTACT KCMS ID CONF XCOM ID CONF WLAN ID CONF GREETINGTYPE CONF ADDRGREET CONF LETTGREET CONF YGRP TD Bk Unselect all 7 Unused Reports 3 Click CLOSE to exit the Report Configuration screen Options available on the report configuration screen NEW to create a new Crystal Report or a new RTF report using the Internal Editor EDIT to edit an existing Crystal RPT or Internal Editor RTF report DELETE to delete a Crystal RPT or Internal Editor RTF report EXPORT REPORT to export a report only available for Crystal Reports RPT SYNCHRONIZE to compare an
230. ng year No Exception in Search for contracts with no exception in the following year following year Error during Select this option to search by errors during the last action last action Enter the error text to narrow the search by errors AR Account Select this option to search for vacation contracts with existing AR exists account AR Account Select this option to search for vacation contracts with no existing does not exists AR account Yearly fee Search for contracts with yearly fee posted in the selected year posted in selected year No yearly fee Search for contracts with no yearly fee posted in the selected posted in year selected year Yearly fee Search for contracts with yearly fee posted in the following year posted in following year No yearly fee Search for contracts with no yearly fee posted in the following posted in year following year Vacation Sharing 279 Vacation Sharing Options The options menu offers the following options Create reservation Select this option to create reservations for the selected vacation for selected year sharing contract in the selected year Create reservation Select this option to create reservations for the selected vacation for following year sharing contract for following year View reservations Select this option to view the reservations of the selected contract The reservation navigator is opened with the filter for the selected vacation sharer and displays the reservations
231. oachim Pt ff 09 11 11 Definite Nationality 31 Select a profile from the list and complete the COUNTRY and or STATE code then click the UPDATE button or 32 Select several profiles from the list and complete the COUNTRY and or STATE code then click BATCH UPDATE to perform a batch update 33 Click CLOSE once all the missing country and or state codes have been completed 34 If the screen is closed without completing all the missing country and or state codes then the following message is displayed Information 5 Country is missing Do you want to exit anyway 35 Clicking YES displays the following message Fidelio Suite 8 Night Audit can not be continued because of checked in quests with no Country Code Nationality filled 36 Click OK to close the message The preview problems process is completed Night Audit How to run night audit 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select NIGHT AUDIT The Night Audit screen is displayed R Night Audit for Micros Fidelio Demo Program on 07 11 11 lo as yf Start 1 Setdate a Preview problems 2 Click the START button A confirmation message is displayed Confirmation rx Are you sure you want to run Night Audit for 06 11 11 3 Click Yes to start the night audit If there are reservations which are checked in and have no room assigned for today then the following message is displayed Fidelio Suite 8 There are checked in reser
232. oday s Activities screen is displayed To enable this functionality the required start up screen can be selected via the option STARTUP SCREEN under Miscellaneous User Settings Startup Tab Today s Activities 245 16 Web Services This option may be used to access shortcuts to various web sites and is accessible via the option WEB SERVICES on the MISCELLANEOUS menu The web site links are entered in a text file called webservices txt which is located in the Suite8 HTML directory How to access the web site from within Fidelio 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select WEB SERVICES The web links defined are displayed Fidelio V8 Micros com Micros Fidelio Met mytidelio homepage net Fidelio V8 Micros com Micros Fidelio Met myfidelio homepage net 2 Select the required web link for example Micros Fidelio Net The web site is displayed within Suite8 Reservation Customer Relation Front Desk Meeting Planner Cashiering Rooms Management Hotel Connector Table Reservation Quick Keys Miscellaneous Setup Windows Help s4 Shortcut Bar Back Forward Stop Refresh KE Login Select a country hg Contact Career Press E KT n y a micros COMPANY SOLUTIONS SERVICES SUPPORT Search gt You are here MICROS Fidelio Europe HOTELS amp RESORTS Integrated hotel management distribution and Point of Sale solutions for all requirements and sizes Solutions for Hotels amp Resorts M
233. olio style tlogactivity lavalue 378 name lang Reservation desired room tlogactivity lavalue 389 name lang Reservation desired roomtype tlogactivity lavalue 379 name lang Reservation allowance financial account tlogactivity lavalue 390 name lang Reservation sale date tlogactivity lavalue 391 name lang Reservation tax exemption tlogactivity lavalue 445 name lang Reservation Lock room tlogactivity lavalue 460 name lang Reservation Manual mealplan tlogactivity lavalue 12 name lang Reservation number of rooms tlogactivity lavalue 13 name lang Reservation number of adults tlogactivity lavalue 14 name lang Reservation room type tlogactivity lavalue 15 name lang Reservation room tlogactivity lavalue 16 name lang Reservation rate code tlogactivity lavalue 17 name lang Reservation room type for rate calculation tlogactivity lavalue 437 name lang Reservation number of children tlogactivity lavalue 456 name lang Reservation attribute tlogactivity lavalue 18 name lang Reservation group tlogactivity lavalue 19 name lang Reservation block tlogactivity lavalue 20 name lang Reservation market tlogactivity lavalue 21 name lang Reservation source tlogactivity lavalue 22 name lang Reservati
234. olutions Micros Fidelio Ireland Ltd 1987 2011 eserved The Name and Logo are trademarked Version 8 9 0 1 AA ad This application sstablish a connection between a certain MICROS Systems Inc MICROS prod d certain third party products not developed by or controlled by MICROS Non MICROS Products These Non MICROS Products may or may not be compliant with the Payment Card Industry Payment Application Data Security Standard PA DSS MICROS stronahy recommends that all merchants who are connecting amy MICROS payment processing products to amy Non MICROS Products ensure that both the MICROS and Non MICROS products are PA DSS compliant The Fidelio V8 Login screen is then displayed Introduction Fidelio Suite 8 Login Login Name Password GI Cancel Type your user identification case sensitive in the Login name box Tab to the Password box Type your secret password case sensitive in the Password box UI R U N Click LOGIN the Suite8 main menu screen appears You are now logged into the system Note If one of the following tables WMLG WLOG ZPOS WDAT SHIS SRPD WRPD has no indices or a missing index an alert is displayed when starting Suite8 with a message to contact support It could happen that a table has no indices in the event that a table was renamed for support purpose Renaming a table carries the indices to the renamed table If an index is missing of one of the above mentioned tables the
235. on Global Settings Reports Report tab Default email subjects can be defined via the option DEFAULT EMAIL SUBJECTS under Setup Configuration Miscellaneous Simple Custom Text Default email body text can be defined via the option EMAIL BODY DEFAULT under Setup Configuration Miscellaneous Simple Custom Text The maximum size for email attachments is defined via the option MAX EMAIL ATTACHMENT SIZE MB under Setup Configuration Global Settings Reports Reports tab Error message with lookup queries and SP Parameters When using lookup queries in reports and one of the following parameters is defined on the report setup SP REPORT LANGUAGE SP DATABASE SP PARAMETERLIST The lookup query uses the following syntax select 1 param All CAPTION from dual union all select 2 param Arrived CAPTION from dual union all select 3 param Expected CAPTION from dual The lookup query could lead to the following error message ORA 00904 invalid column name Changing the syntax as follows would solve the problem select param caption from select 1 param ALL CAPTION from dual union all select 2 param Arrived CAPTION from dual union all select 3 param Expected CAPTION from dual Simple Commission Report The Suite 8 Travel Agent Processing Module is recommended for commission calculation and processing however properties not using th
236. on channel tlogactivity lavalue 102 name lang Reservation sharing tlogactivity lavalue 23 name lang Reservation rate difference tlogactivity lavalue 24 name lang Reservation rate discount dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation dbname table lagReservation YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES group YRES
237. on is displayed A confirmation message is displayed 11 Click Yes to synchronize the reports 12 Click CLOSE to exit the Synchronize Reports screen 13 Click CLOSE to exit the Report configuration screen How to synchronize a single report 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R 2 Select the required report and click EDIT The Report Edit screen is displayed Click the REPORT FILE tab to display the report configuration details 4 Click the SYNCHRONIZE button to open the Synchronize Reports screen The SELECTED DIRECTORY PATH defaults to the new report directory defined in the configuration Reports The selected report is automatically compared and the report status is listed next to the report Es Synchronize Reports Selected Directory Path C Fidelio NewReports Search and Filter 1975 a Report Sync Status Report Name Newer Report in the Folder FCR ALL 1975 LOGBOOK TYPES rpt 5 Click SYNCHRONIZE to synchronize the selected report A confirmation message is displayed Information 6 Click Yes to synchronize the report The selection check mark is removed and the status of the report updated E Synchronize Reports Selected Directory Path C Fidelio NewReports Search and Filter 1975 Report Sync Status CO Identical FCR ALL 1975 LOGBOOK TYPES rpt 7 Click CLOSE to exit the Synchronize Reports screen 8 Click OK to exit the
238. ons can Arrival Adults To Departure Adults Arrival Rooms To Nenartuire Rooms 3 Select the date range for which to display the budget the From date defaults to the current date and the No oF Days defaults to 8 days but these may be changed as required 4 Select if the budget is to be displayed for Actual VALUES BUDGET Values BOTH or the DIFFERENCE between them 225 Select CHART to display the selected budget value also in stack bar format 6 The default days to show is ALL DAYS select DAYS TO SKIP to skip days within the date range For example if the selected date range is 14 days and days to skip is set to 3 days 1 5 9 and 13 will be shown 7 Select DAY OF THE MONTH to display a specific day of the month For example if the selected date range for the view is June 1st 30th and the day of month is set to 12 only June 12th will be shown 8 Click the REFRESH button to display the budget as per the selected criteria EI Budget Sr 18 Time Interval Data Days to show from naa gt rom 06 11 2011 gt E Al days No ofdays 8 kri Save a de No ofdays 8 2 Budget Days to skip 1 ro oon gt Dom a on Breton o fieree chare Devofmonh 1 E Number of Adults Number of Adults 100 100 100 100 100 100 1008 Number of Children 20 Number of Adults in month 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 Occupied Rooms 60 Number of Adults in year 6820 6920 7020 7120 722
239. ons in date range displays all reservations with a luggage record which have checked out within the selected time interval Show reservations in date range only displays all reservations with a luggage record within the selected time interval 3 Enter the From and To dates click SEARCH Luggage 237 238 All luggage details which meet the entered search criteria are displayed 4 Select the required luggage detail and click the EDIT button the Luggage edit dialog box is displayed Luggage Luggage label number 740 va Mumber of pieces 1 y Location Back Office Reception Status Normal Comments Large blue suitcase on wheels YH Cancel 5 Make any changes necessary 6 Click OK to save the changes or CANCEL to exit without saving the changes 7 Click the in the top right hand corner to close the Luggage screen How to print a luggage label 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select LUGGAGE The Luggage screen is displayed Search for and locate the luggage detail to be printed Click the PRINT button The Printing Records dialog box is displayed showing the number of copies and pages being printed 4 On the Printing Records dialog box the report printing can be cancelled by clicking the CANCEL PRINTING button 5 Click the in the top right hand corner to close the Luggage screen How to mark a luggage detail as picked up 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select LUGGAGE The Luggage scre
240. option on the select screen profile select screen Activity Task Type in Defines which task and activity types should be Profile Tree displayed in the profile tree when a profile is selected on the profile navigator If no selection is made then all tasks amp activities are displayed in the profile tree Search Screens User Settings CL OO OO Linked Profiles Check On Select this option to set the LINKED PROFILES ONLY option as selected by default when searching for a profile to link Room Search 09 Display only preferred rooms room Select this option to set the DISPLAY ONLY types for the reserved room type PREFERRED ROOM ROOM TYPES FOR THE Check On RESERVED ROOM TYPE option on the room blocking screen as selected by default Display only preferred rooms room Select this option to set the DISPLAY ONLY types Check On PREFERRED ROOM ROOM TYPES option on the room blocking screen as selected by default Tasks amp Activities Calendar Search Default User Defines the users to be selected by default on the Tasks amp Activities and Calendar Search screens Show all not completed tasks amp Defines if all tasks amp activities until activities until today today s date are displayed when opening Tasks amp Activities Event Management Search ss Default Conference Statuses Defines the conference statuses to be selected by default on the event management search screen The default selection may be changed at
241. or example by the short description The field name entered in the CAPTION box can be translated here Report File tab Internal Editor Report Field Defimition 09090909 Description The name of the Internal Editor file RTF stored in the database Feature Defines if a report should be listed subject to licence code Reports will not be displayed if the license of the selected feature is not active As soon as all reports are not valid the section itself will be suppressed This option is displayed only in debug mode The name of the report parameter as defined on the Internal Editor The display order can be customized with the red up and down arrows See Standard Parameters The description of the report parameter Parameter properties The name of the report parameter Reports 67 Caption This is mostly the same as the report parameter as on internal editor forms and templates the parameter is substituted with a value and not displayed as a caption Data type Displays the data type of the field used for the selected parameter Options available on the Crystal Report file tab This button Does this 09909099 Edit Report Opens the report in Crystal Report Designer Note This option is only available if the full version of Crystal Reports is installed Opens the Synchronize Reports screen for this specific report Load Defaults from Loads the default parameters from the Crystal Report Report Syntaxcheck
242. or FAs set to Automatic Checkout 7 5 2010 3 11 41 PM _I_A _ _ _ _ _eec aa 3 11 41 PM Processing no shows 7 5 2010 3 11 41 PM No shows are processed 7 5 2010 3 11 41 PM Due out financial account 2350 Smith 0 Roger 7 5 2010 3 11 41 PM Due out financial account 2351 Microsoft France SARL 0 0 7 5 2010 3 11 41 PM Due out financial account 2352 Chagal 0 Jaques 7 5 2010 3 11 41 PM Due out financial account 2353 Frazier 0 David 7 5 2010 3 11 41 PM 4 IT 3 Click the CLOSE button to exit the night audit log How to view the night audit reports 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select LOGS The various types of logs available are listed User Log Error Log Email Log 3M5 Log Translation Import Log Global Application Error Log Night Audit Phone Call Log Night Audit Reports 2 Select USER LoG and then select NIGHT AUDIT REPORTS to display the View Night Audit Reports dialog box The screen is split into 2 sections The upper section display search criteria date and report name The lower section displays for the dates selected all the available night audit reports Logs 251 Fa View Night Audit Reports Report Name e Reset Filter Sys Date 3 Click the CLOSE button to exit the night audit reports Global user log search criteria Fill in this field With this information Type Select one or more transaction types from the list of available transaction types Date Range Selected by de
243. ort section for Internal Editor forms 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed On the left hand side of the screen the existing reports are grouped into user definable sections and sub sections To add a new section Point to any report section and right click to display the shortcut menu select ADD and then select SECTION Reports Reports 8 Add b Section Edit Subsection Delete Translate To add a new sub section Point to report section when the sub section is to be added and right click to display the shortcut menu select ADD and then select SUBSECTION The Sections dialog box is displayed Sections Code Description Section role Report source type Crystal Report Print job security level Hotel segment Enter a CODE for the report section sub section Enter a DESCRIPTION for the report section sub section Select a SECTION ROLE from the list of defined roles The section role has to match the type of reports forms and templates that will be contained in that section Some examples of section roles are Report Confirmation Letter Group Confirmation Letter Folio Layout Message Registration Card and AR Reminders Select TEXT FORMAT TEMPLATE as the SOURCE TYPE Select a PRINT JOB from the list of defined print jobs The print job has to match the type of reports forms and templates that will be printed Some examples of print
244. ount Due tlogactivity lavalue 315 name lang Booking Cancel Room Cancelled By tlogactivity lavalue 316 name lang Booking Cancel Room Percentage Bookings Packages tlogactivity lavalue 317 name lang Conference Package New tlogactivity lavalue 318 name lang Conference Package Delete tlogactivity lavalue 319 name lang Conference Package Copy tlogactivity lavalue 324 name lang Conference Package Name tlogactivity lavalue 320 name lang Conference Package Price tlogactivity lavalue 321 name lang Conference Package Pax tlogactivity lavalue 322 name lang Conference Package Start Date tlogactivity lavalue 323 name lang Conference Package End Date tlogactivity lavalue 339 name lang Conference Package Copied From Bookings Events laNewEvent laEventDelete laEventCopy laChgEventStatus laChgEventType laChgEventNoofAttendees Appendix tlogactivity lavalue 113 name lang Event New tlogactivity lavalue 114 name lang Event Delete tlogactivity lavalue 115 name lang Event Copy tlogactivity lavalue 125 name lang Event Status tlogactivity lavalue 126 name lang Event Type tlogactivity lavalue 116 name lang Event No of Attendees dbname table YBOM group lagBookingCancels dbname table YBOM gro
245. port file details Reports 101 A pena Edi REPO 7 Report File mc CRO QTA i Y J Y FCR PMS 4589 SIMPLE COMMISS rpt Relative path sub directory NEWREPORTS Manual Set Location Crystal Reports Parameter Properties Caption SP REPORTNAME Room Rev Rate Amount Zo Profile Type Mandatory To Date From Date SP PRINTGRAY 5 Select the Report Parameter TYPE and check that the PARAMETER PROPERTIES are setup correctly Type parameter properties Parameter Propertes e Load Defaults from Report Caption Profile Type Data type Lookuprield Mandatory Value field WNUM_ VALUE Show field 2 decode WNUM_VALUE 1 Company 2 Travel Agent 3 Source ESCRIPTION FROM WMLIM WHERE WHLUM VALLIE IN RIDER BY WNUM_VALUE Translation Profile Type kartsin Complete Lookup query 102 Reports SELECT WNUM_VALUE decode WNUM VALUE 1 Company 2 Travel Agent 3 Source DESCRIPTION FROM WNUM WHERE WNUM_VALUE IN 1 2 3 ORDER BY WNUM_VALUE 6 Select the Report Parameter Name ROOMREVONLY or RATE AMOUNT and check that the PARAMETER PROPERTIES are setup correctly RoomRevOnly parameter properties Parameter Properties A Load Defaults from Report Caption Room Rev Rate Amount Data type LookupField Mandatory i Syntaxcheck Query Value field WNUM_ VALUE Show field 1 DESCRIPTION Show field 2 Lookup query SELECT WNUM_VALUE decode WNUM VALUE 0 Rate Amo
246. ported Reports 107 Load From File C WFidelio HTML iTablereservation_Status htm HTML lt IDOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC AV3C 0TD HTML 4 01 Transitional EM lt html gt lt head gt lt meta http equiv Content Type content text himl charset windows 1252 gt lt link rel stylesheet type text css href const rtfpath LocalV8 css gt lt ttle gt Table Reservation Status Today lt title gt lt head gt runquerywithautoparameters 1 runquerywithautoparameters 2 lt body gt select vB rep rres infos decode v8 rep rres infos SEATEDSTATUS 1 Left Already 2 Sitting 3 Expected 4 Future null from vB rep rres infos where RRES RRST JO RESTAURANT ID and res date DATE FROM and rres_canceled lt gt 1 order by seatedstatus asc 002 select 4 10 Click Save the Report Edit dialog box is displayed with the Report File tab selected and the parameter information completed 108 Reports Reports 11 Click OK to close the Report Edit dialog box The report is now listed on the main reports screen Internal Editor Report l Report File Es Report Edit Description Table Reservation Status Feature Name T El New SP_HOTELADDRESS SP_HOTELADDRESS SP_HOTELCITY SP_HOTELCITY i Delete SP_HOTELCOUNTRY SP_HOTELCOUNTRY SP_HOTELEMAIL SP_HOTELEMAIL SP_HOTELFAX SP_HOTELFAX SP_HOTELNAME SP_HOTELNAME
247. posit Conference Percentage lagBookingDeposits laBookingDepositConfPaid tlogactivity lavalue 304 name lang Booking dbname table YBOM group Deposit Conference Paid lagBookingDeposits laBookingDepositRoom tlogactivity lavalue 305 name lang Booking dbname table YBOM group Amount Deposit Room Amount Due lagBookingDeposits laBookingDepositRoom tlogactivity lavalue 306 name lang Booking dbname table YBOM group DueDate Deposit Room Due Date lagBookingDeposits laBookingDepositRoom tlogactivity lavalue 307 name lang Booking dbname table YBOM group Percent Deposit Room Percentage lagBookingDeposits laBookingDepositRoomPaid tlogactivity lavalue 308 name lang Booking dbname table YBOM group Deposit Room Paid lagBookingDeposits 288 Appendix Bookings Cancellations laBookingCancelConfPercent laBookingCancelRoomAmount laBookingCancelRoom DueDate laBookingCancelRoomPercent tlogactivity lavalue 309 name lang Booking Cancel New tlogactivity lavalue 310 name lang Booking Cancel Delete tlogactivity lavalue 336 name lang Booking Cancel Conference Amount Due tlogactivity lavalue 311 name lang Booking Cancel Conference Cancelled By tlogactivity lavalue 312 name lang Booking Cancel Conference Percentage tlogactivity lavalue 314 name lang Booking Cancel Room Am
248. problem include business impact Detailed step by step instructions to re create Exact error message received Screen shots of each step you take Documentation Oracle Hospitality product documentation is available on the Oracle Help Center at http docs oracle com Revision History Date Description of Change Edition May 2008 e 8 7 Updated for Version 8 7 June 2008 e 8 7 3 1 Updated for Version 8 7 3 1 May 2009 e 8 8 Updates for Version 8 8 Sept 2010 e 8 8 Updates for Oracle 11gR1 Jan 2012 e 8 9 Updated for Version 8 9 Nov 2012 e 8 9 New cover page July 2015 e 8 9 Oracle template applied 1 Introduction The Suite8 Miscellaneous menu includes various options including Today s Activities User Log file Interface and Telephone Functions Calendar Events and Reports Additionally it is used to run Night Audit access the Export Setup for the Back Office Interface access External Applications view the Error Log File and enter Budget Figures for the manager report Users can also change their Password and configure specific User Settings Logging In To use Suite8 you must first log into the system You must have a valid user identification and password Logging into Suites 1 From the desktop click the Fidelio Suite8 icon The Suite8 Splash screen is displayed for several seconds with the Payment Application Data Security Standard PA DSS disclaimer MICroS EIDELIO Hotel Management S
249. profile details The tree listing is displayed by default expanded by one level A plus sign next to a folder indicates that it can be expanded to show more folders a minus sign indicates that it can be collapsed Introduction Change the display of the HTML Two additional buttons on the html display allow you to change whether certain details are displayed in a non grid style or in a list format By default the big view is displayed 1 To view in list format click the button Arrival Depa Nights Customer Arrival day Departure day No of Rooms Room type Room Market Rate Code 20 04 11 22 04 11 2 Aceti Ralph 20 04 11 22 04 11 1 Double Room Individual 30 03 11 31 03 11 1 Aceti Ralph 30 03 11 31 03 11 1 Double Room 109 Double Room Individual 2 To view in a non grid style click the button Departure 22 04 11 leparture 31 03 11 Mights 2 Nights 1 Customer Aceti Ralph Arrival day 20 04 11 Customer Aceti Ralph Arrival day 30 03 11 Departure day 22 04 11 Departure day 31 03 11 No of Rooms 1 No of Rooms 1 Room type Double Room Room type Double Room Room Room 109 Double Room Market Individual Market Individual Rate Code Rate Code Copy to clipboard It is possible to copy information from the HTML files to clipboard by selecting items from HTML using right mouse short cut menu and selecting COPY TO CLIPBOARD or short cut key CTRL C This information can then be pasted to any open file by using r
250. programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation shall be subject to license terms and license restrictions applicable to the programs No other rights are granted to the U S Government This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications including applications that may create a risk of personal injury If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail safe backup redundancy and other measures to ensure its safe use Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and or its affiliates Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or registered trademarks of SPARC International Inc AMD Opteron the AMD logo and the AMD Opteron logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information on content products an
251. ption is only available if the full version of Crystal Reports is installed Opens the Synchronize Reports screen for this specific report Load Defaults from Loads the default parameters from the Crystal Report Report Syntaxcheck query Checks if the entered lookup query has a valid syntax The default directory for the location of new reports is defined via the option DEFAULT NEW REPORT DIRECTORY under Setup Configuration Global Settings Reports Reports tab Creating a new report file is controlled by the user right INSERT under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Reports Binary Reports Editing a report file is controlled by the user right EDIT under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Reports Binary Reports Delete This option may be used to delete an unused report file and is accessible via the REPORT FILES option on the Reports screen Report files that are not used in a report on the main reports screen can be listed by selecting the UNUSED REPORTS check box on the Report Configuration screen How to delete a report file 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed Click REPORT FILES to display the Report Configuration dialog box Search for and locate the report to be deleted 4 Click the DELETE button If the report file is in use then it cannot be delete
252. ptions ReportSync Status Reportname ler Dk Unselect All a Newer in Directory Newer In Database Not in Directory Empty Binary Field New Reports gt 6 Close 4 To select a different local or network path on which the report files are stored click the SELECT DIR button The Browse for Folder dialog box is displayed 5 Select the required directory and click OK Reports 6 Click LOAD to display both the reports on the selected path and those in the database The required reports can now be selected for comparison or synchronization ii PEER THA EE ik FE E FCR PMS 4330 RES TRACES rpt FCR PMS 4388 RES WITH BIRTHDAY rpt kuu gt FCR PMS 4389 RES SCHEDULED ROOMMOVES rpt FCR PMS 4390 RESERVATIONS CREATED rpt FCR PMS 4410 FREE ROOMS TONIGHT rpt FCR PMS 4420 HSK ROOMS PER ATTEN rpt FCR PMS 4500 TRIAL BALANCE rpt FCR PMS 4503 OPEN BALANCES ALL rpt FCR PMS 4506 OPEN BALANCE PREARRIVAL rpt FCR PMS 4507 OPEN BALANCES ALLOWANCE rpt FCR PMS 4508 OPEN BALANCES INCL ADVANCE rpt FCR PMS 4509 OPEN BALANCES ONLY ADVANCE rpt FCR PMS 4510 FIN PAYM CL R rpt FCR PMS 4520 FIN PAYM CC R rpt FCR PMS 4530 FIN PAYMENTS R rpt FCR PMS 4535 FIN PAYMENTS NO PO R rpt FCR PMS 4540 FIN DC R rpt FCR PMS 4546 FIN DC W ORIGIN rpt FCR PMS 4550 CASHIERING POSTING ADJ RPT FCR PMS 4551 CASHIERING POSTING CORR RPT FCR PMS 4561 CASHI
253. r CONF_GREETINGTYPE 15 In the DATA TYPE box select INTEGER from the drop down list Parameters Properties Name COMNF GREETINGTYPE Caption CONF_GREETINGTYPE Data type Integer 16 Click OK to save the changes and exit the Report Edit screen If a family name and greeting has been entered under the family tab of the profile then the greeting can be printed on the letter by selecting the option FAMILY GREETING when selecting CONFIRMATION LETTER from the Reservation Options or CORRESPONDENCE from the Profile Navigator Adding additional information fields to the folio On the Text amp Card additional information may be entered such as the PO Number or Voucher Number which can then be printed on the guest folio E Billing Window Setup Details Text amp Card PO 123 Credit Card Credit Card No American Express 3782822463100 Expiry Date 12 13 HolderMame Ralf Aceti Guaranteecard 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R 2 Select the required folio template and click the EDIT button Reports 127 3 Click the REPORT FILE tab and then click the EDIT button to display the report in the Internal Editor 4 Click the DATA SOURCES option on the right hand side and then click MAIN The following fields can be added to the folio ZWIN_FREETEXT1 ZWIN FREETEXT2 ZWIN_FREETEXT3 ZWIN_FREETEXT4 LF ZWIN FREETEXT1 LF_ZWIN_FREETEXT2 LF_ZWIN
254. r additional comments Click the WEB tab to enter the details to be displayed on the web or on a mobile device see the Web Tab table for details Calendar Events R Calender Ewent Web Web Ticket Selling Limit Web Short Info Web Long Info Mobile Device Short Info Mobile Device Long Info 15 Click the PICTURES tab to add a picture to be displayed on the web see the Pictures Tab table for details 16 Click the Participants tab to link profiles to the calendar event see Linking Profiles to a Calendar Event 17 Click OK to save the calendar event Web tab Field Definition OOOO O Web enabled Defines if the event is to be displayed on the web Web Ticket Selling Defines the maximum number of tickets that can be sold via Limit the Suite8 homepage This option is for the future functionality of being able to book calendar events via the Suite8 home page but is not yet available in V8 9 Web Short The short description of the calendar event for the web Information when using Suite8 homepage Web Long The long description of the calendar event for the web when Information using Suite8 homepage Mobile Short The short description of the calendar event to be displayed Information on mobile devices with Suite8 homepage Mobile Long The long description of the calendar event to be displayed Information on mobile devices with Suite8 homepage Calendar Events 181 Pictures tab Description of the image Up
255. r in the grid and right click to display the short cut menu Customize Restore Defaults Show Defaults Print Select CUSTOMIZE to open the customize screen Customize Address BONUSCARDNUMBER r City Communication Country disabledforhc Display DUPLICATEBESTPOINT DUPLICATECOUNT DUPLICATEEXISTS DUPLICATERECORDS f Mail Manaaer MASTERCOUNT y A 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 The fields already used are marked with a green check mark Click the PENCIL button to view or change the column properties To move a field to the grid select the field and drag it to the required position Click the in the top right hand corner to close the customize screen A message is displayed asking if you want to store the grid layout Introduction Confirmation Es sr O Do you want to store the grid layout 7 Select Yes to save the changes or No not to save any changes How to remove a column from a customized grid 1 Place the cursor in the grid and right click to display the short cut menu Customize Restore Defaults 5how Defaults Print 2 Select CUSTOMIZE to open the customize screen The fields already used are marked with a green check mark 3 On the grid point to the column to be removed and drag it to the customize screen yellow arrows are displayed at each end of the column name Once the column has been removed the green check mark is removed from the field name on the cu
256. rameter prompts the user to select or enter a value which will be passed to the report Parameters can also retrieve information from a field or retrieve information from a system parameter such as the property name report name or user Default Value Name The parameter value is the value from a specific database table field that should be used Default Value This is the default value assigned to the parameter When a report is printed without the report dialog box being displayed then this default parameter value will be used For example the parameter Sysdat returns a specific date if the default value has been set to Today the report will use today s date to retrieve information for the report Invisible Defines if the parameter should be displayed on the report dialog box If selected then the parameter is not displayed Prompt system parameter Indicates if system parameters such as on run SP_HOTELNAME or SP_PRINTUSER should be displayed on the report dialog box This option is only available when a system parameter is selected Report File tab Crystal Report Field Definition SSS Description The name of the Crystal Report as it will appear on the main reports screen Filename The file name of the Crystal Report file RPT stored in the database Reports Relative path sub The sub directory on which the Crystal report file is stored directory on the network or local path Feature Defines
257. rators 3 Press the Tab key the date is changed To change a date using the calendar 1 Click the drop down arrow next to the Date box The calendar appears 01 03 2011 4 March 2011 SMTWTFS 2345 6 7 8 9 101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Today None 2 Change the month to a previous month or future month by clicking the horizontal arrows located on the top of the calendar or by pressing the Ctrl Page Up or Ctrl Page Down key 3 Place the cursor on the date and click the left mouse button or move the keyboard arrow keys to locate the date and press Enter the date is changed Introduction 19 20 Customising Suite8 Grids Many of the grids in Suite8 may be customised according to the needs of the property The customization options available are CUSTOMIZE opens the customize dialog box so that columns on the grid can be added changed or removed RESTORE DEFAULTS applies the default settings for this grid SHOW DEFAULTS applies the default settings to the current grid view however any customised settings are used the next time the grid is displayed Select PRINT to print or export the existing grid layout the possible export formats are ASCII File CSV Format HTML Document or an Excel Document Note The print or export function should be used before changes to the grid will be saved How to customize a grid 1 2 Se se Place the curso
258. re added to the top of the screen V Show subtotals V Show measures Show grand total Show empty rows columns Report Procedures 165 166 Show subtotals displays a sub total of the selected statistics for each profile Show measures displays the report measures Show grand total displays a grand total of the selected statistics for all the profiles selected Show empty rows columns includes all rows and columns even if they are blank ao Builder used to create groups and drag dimensions into the different groups Additionally filter options by Dimensions can be entered for example City State or Room Type n 2 Measure Manager enables the measures of the report procedure or report cube to be changed How to change criteria via the map builder 1 Click the Map Builder Icon la to display the Map builder dialog box The map builder dialog box shows the rows columns and dimensions values and their current link Map builder Rows Company Lx Revenue Type E 7 Date lL Dimensions A Value Country Lx Master be Le Disabled Dimensions 2 Select the Row COLUMN or DIMENSION to be changed and click EDIT The Dimension editor screen is displayed divided into two sections Active items unsorted Repository inactive items Report Procedures E Dimension editor Company Caption Company Items count i7 Active items Unsorted Repository inactive items All Vis
259. reports as defined by each property Each report to be included in the shift report process must be defined individually via the REPORTS option on the Miscellaneous menu The following print and export options are available NONE the report will not be printed or exported EXPORT AND PRINT the report will be printed and exported to the report storage path defined in the configuration EXPORT ONLY the report will be exported to the report storage path defined in the configuration PRINT ONLY the report will be printed How to include a report in the night audit shift report process 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed 2 Search for and locate the report to be included as part of the night audit reports Click the EDIT button The Report Edit screen is displayed defaulted to the Report tab Hs Report Edit EES ESE ss Report Report File Y OK Report information AE A Translated Description Arrivals today short sorted by Last printed 19 11 11 11 12 58 AM i NN RE EE Number of printouts 8 A Import Description Arrivals today short sorted by Average duration seconds O Report name FCR_PMS_4003_ARR_SHORT rpt X OQ Search l 19 11 11 11 12 58 AM Demonstration 19 11 11 11 12 37 AM Demonstration Number of copies on primary printer 1 14 11 11 3 52 42 PM Demonstration St 14 11 11 3 50 59 P
260. retrieved from demo database provided with each new release or via V8 development The name of the view should remain untouched however any new information can be added or existing fields can be removed All information provided by the view will be passed to the external fiscal printer application The type of editor used is defined via the option EDITOR under Setup Configuration Global Settings Reports Reports tab Internal Editor Screen The internal editor screen is divided into two main sections with a menu bar at the top The left side is used for the letter layout it is possible to write text blocks insert the codes and format the letter The right side lists the Data Sources Functions Parameters and Fields in tree view and allows items to be dragged and dropped into the text on the left side Reports EI FCR PMS 8550 CONF 501 ENG RTF ER EER File View Edit Insert Format Outline Designer gt MH Save As aa QR gam KD AV SI A a Pagebreak E H Default v Garamond v 14 N y ansi z B Z t t Bookmarks y Fa Groups n 2 241 TOE HE TEE SEEI ZEEE EEE ODE TERE AE AE RE EH Data Sources E Functions A Parameters F Fields E E SP_HOTELNAME SP HOTELADDRESS SP_HOTELZIPCODE SP_HOTELCITY Tel SP_HOTELTELEFON Par SP HOTELPAX EMait SP HOTELEMAIL Homepage SP_HOTELWEB AAA E 111 e od sa ed
261. rings can be entered by pressing the BUILD button Note Alias Names should not be used when creating calculated measures Cube Settings Special settings for the pivot cube as it is called can be defined on the last screen Cube Settings dialog Dox Available Options Exclude zero measure values Select this box to exclude zero measure from from calculating averages calculating averages Always save count information Select this box to count information Clear this option to decrease cube size Dimension Select the dimensions Use Drag amp Drop Functionality to drag and drop the dimension into columns and rows Selected Dimensions will be indicated by a check Columns Defines the map configuration for columns values can be moved by using the drag drop functionality Reports Measures Defines the map configuration for measures values can be moved by using the drag amp drop functionality Selected Measures will be indicated by a check 147 Rows Defines the map configuration for columns values can be moved by using the drag amp drop functionality Hide empty columns Select this box to hide empty columns Hide empty rows Select this box to hide empty rows Do not built cube after exit Select this box to not automatically build the cube when pressing the BUILD button to exit Build Select this button to open the Report Execute screen run the Report and open the Cube Viewer Screen Creating calculated mea
262. ription and dates and the number of customer profiles attached to the event Daily View displays the calendar events per day The grid display order can be customised by clicking the column heading on which the display order should be sorted Calendar Events 177 178 How to access and search for a calendar event 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select CALENDAR EVENTS The Calendar Event Search screen is displayed fs Calend Start Date 06 11 2011 y End Date 05 11 2012 y Event Type Description Calendar Events F Web Enabled Events Only a E E i ID Description OOO Type OO Frompate To Date StartTime End Time Location Ticket Price 1178 POS8 NG Conference Bookings 15 10 11 15 11 11 Bank Holidays waaa poava pop spa saya 14 11 11 EFF ii i Partidpants 1130 V8 Presentation for MF France Conference ng 13 11 11 1185 Booking 23 11 11 28 11 11 29 11 11 25 11 11 e ete nae igs eteeni a apaga 1108 Product Retreat ptr zapa foana 1111 V8 Engine Presentation 27 11 11 29 11 11 1192 Evening gondola ride with Ital Out Door Events 02 12 11 18 00 Hotel Bar 7 00 02 12 11 1186 Golf Academy OutDoorEvents 1 12 11 15 12 11 1189 Katie Melua Culuralfvents 13 12 11 13 12 11 sa so EI ss 18 02 12 18 02 12 20 00 0 00 1171 Jazz Night Cultural Events 18 12 11 18 12 11 0 00 1188 IRON MAIDEN live eee
263. rity level v External ID 7 Auto attach ICS Calendar file E Default Value Name Default Value CONF_WLAN_ID CONF_YRES_ID CONF_YRES_ID _ CONF_YGRP_ID CONF_YGRP_ID CONF_XCOM_ID CONF_XCOM_ID CONF_XCMS_ID CONF_XCMS_ID CONF CONTACT CONF CONTACT a CONF_XADR_ID CONF_XADR_ID E Invisible SP_PRINTUSER SP_PRINTUSER SP_LETTERUSER SP_LETTERUSER Prompt system parameter on run SP_HOTELWEB SP_HOTELWEB SP HOTELTELEFON SP_HOTELTELEFO 4 NI p Q Cancel 4 Make any change necessary on the REPORT tab 5 Click the REPORT FILE tab to display the report file details and make any changes necessary Reports EE Report Edit ede ss Report Report File y OK Description p Import Confirmation Letter ct Export Feature me P E Parameters Properties CONF_ADDRGREET CONF_ADDRGREET a Name CONF_ADDRGREET CONF CONTACT XCMS ID CONF CONTACT XCMS ID Caption CONF ADDRGREET OO CONF_GREETINGTYPE CONF_GREETINGTYPE CONF_LETTGREET CONF LETTGREET Data type String v CONF_WLAN_ID CONF_WLAN_ID P CONF_XADR_ID JCONF XADR ID CONF XCMS ID lCONF XCMS ID CONF XCOM ID CONF_XCOM_ID CONF_YGRP_ID CONF_YGRP_ID CONF_YRES_ID CONF_YRES_ID SP_HOTELADDRESS SP_HOTELADDRESS SP_HOTELCITY SP_HOTELCITY SP_HOTELCOUNTRY SP_HOTELCOUNTRY SP HOTELEMATL SP_HOTELEMAIL SP_HOTELFAX SP_HOTELFAX SP_HOTELNAME SP_HOTELNAME
264. roup Keys dialog box The key options MAKE KEYS PRIOR TO CHECK IN and GROUP PRE CHECK IN KEYS are controlled by the parameter NEW KEYS PRIOR TO CHECK IN under Setup Configuration Global Settings Interfaces Interface 1 tab The functionality to read keys that were printed is controlled by the parameter ALLOW READ KEY OPTION under Setup Configuration Global Settings Interfaces Interface 1 tab Telephone Booth This option may be used to charge or view calls made on telephone extensions with the types Booth B or House H Telephone booth is accessible via the option INTERFACE FUNCTIONS on the Miscellaneous menu and also from CASHIER FUNCTIONS on the Cashier menu Calls can be located by the telephone EXTENSION the call was made from or by DATE the call was made If no search criteria are entered and the REFRESH button is clicked all history calls are displayed The calls are kept in the system for the number of days defined in the configuration of the interface program Interface Functions How to charge a telephone booth call to a room 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select INTERFACE FUNCTIONS 2 Select TELEPHONE BOOTH from the Interface Functions menu The Cashier Login screen is displayed 3 Enter your CASHIER NUMBER and PASSWORD click LOGIN The Telephone Booth dialog box is displayed with the filter defaulted to today s date 4 Enter the EXTENSION or the DATE the call was made and click
265. rs Accounts receivable reminder letters and statements Folios and cashier receipts such as paid out currency exchange and deposit receipts 109 110 How to view edit the report section for Internal Editor forms 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R 4 gt 6 The Reports screen is displayed On the left hand side of the screen the existing reports are grouped into user definable sections and sub sections Point to any report section and right click to display the shortcut menu select EDIT Add b Edit Delete Translate The Sections dialog box is displayed Sections Code COG Description Confirmation Letters Section role Confirmation Letter source type Text Format template Print job Confirmation Letters security level 1 All Reports Hotel segment The SECTION ROLE has to match the type of reports forms and templates that will be contained in that section such as Confirmation Letters Guest Bills Registration Cards A R Statement or Cashier Reports The SOURCE TYPE indicates the type of report and has to be Text Format Template to create or print reports written with the Internal Editor The PRINT JOB has to match the type of reports forms and templates that will be printed such as Confirmation Letters Guest Bills Registration Cards A R Statement or Cashier Reports Click SAVE to save any changes or CANCEL to exit the Sections dialog box How to create a rep
266. rs can be included on the execute print dialog box and a report may be setup so that language of the report can be selected at the time of executing the report Reports How to display a report on screen 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed 2 Search for and locate the report to be displayed Click the EXECUTE button to display the execute print dialog box for the selected report The print dialog box consists of two screens each one represented by a tab PARAMETERS opened by default this displays the parameters defined on the report definition EXPORT displays the export options Parameters Export Mame Induding checked in 4 Complete the report parameters 5 Click EXECUTE to display the report on the screen E Arrivals today short sorted by e ee NE CRYSTAL REPORTS st a E Main Report Micros Fidelio Demo Program Arrivals today for Sunday 06 November 2011 Page 1d 1 Sorted by Name Printed on 1811 2011 06 23 Demonstration Supervisor Name Arrival Departure Roomnn Adults Children Rms Abenam Jean Pierre Madame Arr Exp 0641141 1871711 110 2 0 1 Appleton Joey Mr Arr Exp 0611111 09111111 Jaegerman Thomas Mr Arr Exp 0641141 0641141 110 SMW Sales meeting worldwid Arr Exp 0611 11 1311711 Wagner Gabriella Frau Arr Exp 06 11 11 07 11711 Walker Tony Mr Arr Exp 0611111 0811111 Current Page No
267. rs then the following message is displayed Fidelio Suite 8 There are open cashiers not yet closed OR 7 Click OK to close the message If there are reservations that have not yet arrived then the following message is displayed Fidelio Suite8 Sal There are expected reservations that are not yet checked in 8 Click OK to close the message If there are due out financial accounts then the following message is displayed Do you want to see due out financial accounts e 9 Click YEs to display the billing screen with a list of all due out reservations including financial accounts access to billing reguires a valid cashier number 10 Once all the due out financial accounts have been handled as reguired close the billing screen and click PREVIEW PROBLEMS on the Night Audit screen to re start the preview problems process 11 Clicking No displays the following message Fidelio Suite 8 There are due out financial accounts OR 12 Click OK to close the message If there are expected financial accounts that are not yet checked in then the following message is displayed 30 Night Audit 13 14 15 16 Night Audit Fidelio Suite 8 There are expected financial accounts that are not yet checked in Click OK to close the message If an EFT system is active then a message is displayed if the system is currently off line Fidelio Suite 8 EFT system is currently off line Mo Ad
268. rt section The HOTEL SEGMENT defines if this report section is assigned to a specific hotel segment Click SAVE to save any changes or CANCEL to exit the Sections dialog box How to create a report section 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed On the left hand side of the screen the existing reports are grouped into user definable sections and sub sections Reports Reports All Reports El General Reports Logs vee Lost amp Found e Maintenance l TR Logbook E Table Resource Reservation 111 veroor Guests in House ee Departures Fl Reserva fons Reservation Cube Reports ee Travel Agents H Statistics mn Miscellaneous E Point of Sales PO58 Tasks amp Activities oad Miscellaneous To add a new section 2 Pointto any report section and right click to display the shortcut menu select ADD and then select SECTION Add Section Edit Subsection Delete Translate To add a new sub section Point to report section when the sub section is to be added and right click to display the shortcut menu select ADD and then select SUBSECTION The Sections dialog box is displayed Sections Code Description Section role Report source type Crystal Report Print job Security level Hotel segment 3 Enter a CODE for the report section sub section 57 58 4 Enter a
269. rtment code v 2 Mass Settings Settings Display Display Options Setting Options Dept Code s v Search Daily Amount 0 1 Set From 06 11 2011 v until 06 12 2011 ke Save Type Net v In the BUDGET TYPE box select the required budget type Select the department market or source codes to display from the drop down list In the From box enter the date from which to display budget figures or select a date from the calendar In the UNTIL box enter the date until which to display budget figures or select a date from the calendar In the revenue TYPE box select the type of revenue figures to display net and gross revenue figures can be displayed for all three budget types room nights and persons can be displayed for market and source code budgets Click the SEARCH button to display the budget as per the selected criteria Budget 8 Budget Setup A B A Jol x Budget type market code y Mass Settings Settings Display Display Options M Setting Options Market Code s IND CWC CNC WEE GRP TOU CPL HOU AIR WEB y show Daily Amount Poy a set From 01 01 2010 hd Type net Until 01 11 2010 KP Save Individual 01 01 2010 01 01 2010 80 65 64 52 64 52 32 26 50 65 09 01 2010 10 01 2010 11 01 2010 9 Select the DATE and the DEPARTMENT MARKET Or SOURCE code column for which the daily amounts are to be adjusted 10 Enter the new budget amount in t
270. rts Binary Reports The export of a report to Excel with data only for calculation purposes is controlled by the parameter EXCEL REPORT CONTAINS DATA ONLY NO HEADERS under Setup gt Configuration Global Settings Reports Reports tab Report Files This option may be used to access report configuration and is accessible via the option REPORTS on the MISCELLANEOUS menu How to access report configuration 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R Alternatively click the REPORTS icon from the coloured miscellaneous toolbar The Reports screen is displayed 2 Click the REPORT FILES button The Report Configuration screen is displayed Reports At the top of the screen there is a search field the search is on any part of the report name The remainder of the screen is divided into two grids Upper Grid lists all stored reports both Crystal RPT and Internal Editor RTF reports Lower Grid lists the report parameters for the report selected in the upper grid Ed Report Configuration mail RES BEST LATF E mail_StandardList RTF Export Report Bonus Card A Bonus Card Second Side rpt Bonus Card Second Side rpt Ta synchronize BonusCardPrintExample rpt BonusCardPrintExample rpt BonusPointStatementExample Booker Statistic by Company with Email of booker Booker Statistic by Company with Email of booker 1 Booker Statistic by Company with Email of booker Booki
271. s Verify data 1 T i Incomplete 0 Error 0 Notsent 0 Sent 0 Responded 0 Not marked for export 462 When using this police export multi guest functionality has to be activated under Global Settings gt Reservation2 tab and the flags Show age column for accompanying guest as well as Display guest on meal plan forecast screen are active as well The reservation edit dialog box has to be customised using Form Customization the button FIDRESPOLICEEXPORTBUTTON can be added via the Component Palette gt FidResButton When pressing Police Export button or when modifying an exported reservation the export trigger record in the table YPOL is updated The setup for the export and import file from the police is configured on the option when pressing SETTINGS button or on the Fidelio Server when selecting POLICE EXPORT and pressing the SETUP button For detailed information a feature description is available SBM Police Export functionality is controlled by the parameter SBM POLICE EXPORT under Setup Configuration Global Settings Reservation Reservation 2 tab All the police export configuration options are displayed when the option is activated Police Interface 271 21 Custom SQL view Custom SQL View This option is used for custom SQL view it is a powerful tool for viewing running sorting filtering or creating custom SQL Statements on the Suite8 tables This option should be used b
272. s Question Which facilities of the hotel did you use E Wellness E Pool only Golf Course E Tennis Course 1 Restaurant Fl Bar To enter a questionnaire form for a reservation mM button to display a list of all the currently 5 Inthe RESERVATION 1D box click the checked in reservations 6 Locate the reservation required and click SELECT the RESERVATION ID NAME and ROOM NUMBER are completed To enter a questionnaire form for a guest profile 7 In the NAME box enter the name or click the search screen button to display the Profile 8 Search for and select the required profile then click the SELECT button the guests NAME is completed 9 In the DATE OF COMPLETION box enter the date the questionnaire was completed or select a date from the calendar 10 In the GUEST COMMENT box you can enter any additional comments supplied by the guest on the questionnaire form 11 The questions displayed depend on the questionnaire form being completed enter the data as supplied on the guest questionnaire form 12 Click OK to save the form 268 Questionnaire How to delete a questionnaire form 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select QUESTIONNAIRE The questionnaire screen is displayed Search for and locate the questionnaire form to be deleted Click DELETE a confirmation message is displayed Information 4 Click Yes to delete the questionnaire form Questionnaire Search Criter
273. s Column Filter by Map cells Sum with previous Row Enabled Min value Running Total by Column ml EE Running Total by Row Be by E group Filter by fact table records by r group Enabled Min value Enabled Max value Distinct Measure formating FRRFRFFFF0 00 somes Formula is calculated measure The measure manager allows the user to change the display caption the value representation and to set filters 2 Make the changes required and click OK to save measure manager changes 142 Reports Graphical Display ih Graphical Display Icon The Graphical Display allows selecting rows and columns for a graphical presentation Here is an example of the graphical display Ed oct 2011 eco EB Rows 1 305 8 3B Germany Carl Zeiss Strasse 15 81837 Munich 2 732 83 Avaya Strate der Feuerwehr 5 04579 Espenhain 6 308 86 Bailly Shoes 115 Rue des Montagnes 31256 Geneva 1 363 Coca Cola Inc 1334 Avenue of the Americas 3rd Floor 11333 New York 13 102 28 European Central Bank 3 636 28 Fiat Motor Company S A 7 654 87 Fischer Export amp Import Salzufer 1 10587 Berlin 157 Hewlett Packard 2 HP Avenue 78293 Houston 4 339 IBM Deutschland GmbH Pascalstrasse 100 70569 Stuttgart 23 56 MICROS FIDELIO GmbH Europadamm 4 6 41460 Neuss 14 249 55 MICROS Fidelio GmbH Franklinstr 14 10587 Berlin 3 988 44 Microsoft Corporation 10260 SW Greenburg Rd Suite 600 97223 5500 Portland 2 791 91 Microsoft France SARL 18 Avenue
274. s currently off line No Additional Authorization will be executed Expected reservations with pre billing postings that are not yet checked in Guests checked out with not closed folio and room status vacant Scheduled room moves or guests staying in different rooms than scheduled Checked in reservations with no room for today Checked out accounts with a balance parameter controlled Missing country or state codes Parameter controlled Custom SQL statement with commit Night Audit How to run preview problems 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select NIGHT AUDIT The Night Audit screen is displayed E Night Audit for Micros Fidelio Demo Program on 07 11 11 1 i Start 1 Set date a Preview problems 2 Click the PREVIEW PROBLEMS button If there are due out reservations then the following message is displayed Confirmation Do you want to see due out reservations 3 Click Yes to display the billing screen with a list of all due out reservations access to billing requires a valid cashier number 4 Once all the due out reservations have been handled as required close the billing screen and click PREVIEW PROBLEMS on the Night Audit screen to re start the preview problems process 5 Clicking No displays the following message Fidelio Suite 8 There are due out reservations that are not checked out Night Audit 29 6 Click OK to close the message If there are open cashie
275. s enter a division sign in the calculation formula window then select NOOFPERSONS and click A Reports 151 152 Calculated measures manager Calculated measures a Gross Extra Per Person Gross Total Per Person Net Total Per Person Delete calculated measure Calculation formula begin Result SROSSTOTALREV FMOOFPERSOMS end Available measures YDET NOOFROOMS GROSSROOMREV 13 Define the calculation layout for the measure with the AVAILABLE VIEWS Note Don t use the Alias names but the field names of the result set 14 Click the CHECK button to validate the formula Checked 15 Click OK to close the checked message and then click OK to close the Calculated measures manager screen Reports Esi Measure manager Hh OF Room Nights Display caption Hh AF Gross Room Revenue Gross Total Per Person H ke 2F Net Room Revenue H k EF Gross FA8B Revenue Value representation KA DF Net FASE Revenue Value Cell 7 ke JF Gross Extra Revenue py H k EF Net Extra Revenue ka UF Gross Total Revenue Filters ka JF Net Total Revenue Filter by Map cells A OF No Shows FT enabled Min value kW IF Cancellations TEE ka UF Persons k Be Gross Avr Room Rate Filter by fact table records k Be Net Avr Room Rate Enabled Min value ka Re Gross Room Per Person Enabled Max value hu Be Net Room Per Person hl Be Gross F amp amp B Per Person Distinct he Re Net F amp amp B Per Person Measure for
276. sabled the date change and is not part of the night audit transaction Note After the date has changed and a commit is done there will be no oracle roll back if there is an error during the custom export The export would have to be done again manually Delete after Defines if files are deleted Check YES moved to after they have been Blank NO batch moved into the batch file Header SQL Defines the header Free format text section for the file to export Data SQL Defines the data section Free format text for the file to export Footer SQL Defines the footer section Free format text for the file to export How to use the serial number from user definable number cycles as the file name in export files 1 On the SETUP menu select CONFIGURATION to display the configuration options 2 Click CASHIERING and select NUMBER CYCLES from the drop down list 3 Click New to display the Number Cycles dialog box El Number Cycles Value Starting Number Type Restart date E Yearly Default Enter a NAME for the number cycle for example TEST In the VALUE box zinn_value set the value 1 In the TYPE box select USER DEFINED from the drop down list AA Click OK to save the number cycle and then click CLose to exit the configuration 49 50 8 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select EXPORT 9 Click New to display the Export definition screen 10 In the DESCRIPTION enter TEST 11 In the FILE NAME enter
277. scription Save Feature Mame Caption Data type tuo 4 Down Translation ltrans ti Cancel 4 In the DESCRIPTION box enter a description of the report If the report is feature controlled then in the FEATURE box select the section the report belongs to from the list of defined features 6 Click the EDIT button A message is displayed indicating that the document will be saved II The document will be saved 7 Click OK to save the document The Internal Editor screen is displayed 8 Create the report template using the internal editor functionality or 9 Select OPEN on the FILE menu and locate the directory with the required report file 10 Select the report file RTF and click OPEN The report file is imported and displayed in the Internal Editor 11 Click SAVE on the FILE menu to save the document 12 Click CLOSE on the FILE menu to exit the internal editor screen The report file has now been imported into the database 13 Click SAVE to close the Text Report Binary edit dialog box The report file is listed in the report configuration however the report file has not yet been attached to a report and so is classified as an unused report 14 Click CLOSE to close the Report Configuration screen Reports Report File tab Crystal Report Field finita Description The name of the Crystal Report as it will appear on the main reports screen Filename The file name of the Cr
278. servations with expired option date Are you sure you want to continue with Night Audit 29 When the night audit has finished the following message is displayed Fidelio Suite 8 EI Nightaudit finished successfully Mew systemdate is 07 11 11 The night audit reports are printed and stored on the path defined in the configuration Situations that will stop the NA If there are checked in reservations which do not have a room for today A reservation can have no room assigned if a room was assigned for the first night only and upon check in either a room number was not assigned for the remaining days or the reservation was marked as a scheduled room move from the day where no room is assigned If there are expected reservations with pre billing postings that have not yet been checked in If there are scheduled room moves that have not been completed The scheduled room moves must be completed via the option Room Move on the Reservations menu before the night audit can be re started Night Audit Checked out guest with not closed folio Checking out a guest without closing the folio allows for the room to be physically vacated and the folio to be stored for check out at a later time The folios must be checked out before the night audit can be run Reservation or a financial account which has the status checked out but still has a balance Night Audit Reports The night audit shift report process prints and exports
279. stack bar format The budget can be displayed by date range a specific day of the month can be displayed or days can be skipped The figures can be displayed as follows Actual figures Budget figures Both actual and budget figures The difference between actual and budget figures How to display the budget 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select BUDGET 2 Select MANGER REPORT BUDGET from the Budget menu The Budget screen is displayed divided into two sections Budget figures are entered on the left hand side On the right hand side are the selection criteria for displaying the budget The budget figures are displayed in grid format below the selection criteria Es Budget o ss Time Interval Time Interval Data Days to show From 06 11 2011 v From 06 11 2011 v Values O All days No ofdays 8 mi Save ep de No ofdays 8 Budget Days to skip Both To 13 11 2011 E Clear To 13 11 2011 Refresh Difference Y Chart Day of month Number of Adults Number of Children Occupied Rooms Total Rooms of H Out of Order Rooms Walk in Rooms Arrival Rooms Departure Rooms Arrival Adults Arrival Children Departure Adults Departure Children Total Gross Reve Total Net Revenue Complimentary R House Use Rooms Labels Total Beds of Hotel Repeating Guests Reservations cre Reset view Use left and right mouse buttons to zoom and scroll Reservati
280. starting from a specified date Calendar events can be used to indicate a special event bank holiday or fair and are displayed in Fidelio as follows The Conference Diary F3 The Calendar F4 The Availability Screen CTRL D The Room Rack CTRL L In addition customer profiles can be linked to a calendar event and are displayed with the calendar event on the Calendar Events report A calendar event can be defined with the following information Dates and times Type of event Linked to a location the list of restaurants public places and function spaces is displayed A ticket price the default department code for the ticket is defined on the event type configuration This option is for the future functionality of being able to book calendar events via the Suites home page but is not yet available in V8 9 The projected number of attendees can be entered on the profile tab The actual number of attendees are calculated based on the number of persons on the linked profiles The maximum number of tickets that can be sold for a calendar event on the Suites homepage can be defined on the calendar event Calendar events can be viewed in the Suite8 homepage The calendar events screen is divided into 2 sections The upper section consists of search criteria The lower section is divided into two tabs Calendar Events displays a summary of the calendar events including the event type desc
281. stic types 4 Enter the VALUE for the day the units configured for the statistic type selected are displayed Select the DATE for the statistic entry 6 Type any additional comments in the COMMENT box Click OK to save the statistic 262 Manual Statistics How to delete a manual statistic 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select MANUAL STATISTICS The manual statistics screen is displayed Search for and locate the manual statistic to be deleted Click DELETE a confirmation message is displayed Information 4 Click Yes to delete the statistic Manual Statistic dialog box With this information The type of manual statistic Value The value for the entered statistic type The number of units for the entered value is displayed on the right The date Any additional comments Manual statistics functionality is controlled by the parameter ENABLE MANUAL STATISTICS under Setup Configuration Global Settings Generic Generic 3 tab Manual statistics functionality is controlled by the user rights SEARCH VIEW NEw EDIT and DELETE under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Manual Statistics Manual statistic types are defined via the option MANUAL STATISTICS TYPES under Setup Configuration Miscellaneous Manual Statistics 263 19 Questionnaire This option may be used to enter and edit completed questionnaire forms or surveys and is accessible via
282. stomize screen 4 Click the in the top right hand corner to close the customize screen A message is displayed asking if you want to store the grid layout Select Yes to save the changes or No not to save any changes Column Properties Field Description sss The field name as it is defined in the database table The field caption Defines if the column will be fixed to the left side when scrolling to the right to view additional fields of the grid Columns marked as fixed are highlighted grey Introduction 21 22 How to create a customised grid view for profile search Users familiar with the Fidelio Suite8 table structure and fields can create a customised grid view for the profile search This functionality is controlled by the parameter CUSTOM VIEW IN PROFILE SEARCH under Setup Configuration Global Settings Miscellaneous Search Screens 2 tab To add fields to the Grid Customization dialog box the view V8_SYS_CUSTOMXCMSSEARCH has to be amended Example Adding the financial account long description to the profile navigator The view has to be changed as follows CREATE OR REPLACE FORCE VIEW v8_sys_customxemssearch customxcmssearch_xcms_id zfac_longdesc AS SELECT xcms_id customxcmssearch_xcms_id select zfac_longdesc from zfac where zfac_actvalidfrom is not null and zfac_actvaliduntil is null and xcms xcms_id zfac zfac_xcms_id and rownum 1 zfac_longdesc from xcms The fields from the
283. sures How to create calculated measures 1 Click on REPORTS on the Miscellaneous menu Miscellaneous Toolbar or use the quick key CTRL SHIFT R 2 Select the required cube report and click EDIT to open the Report Edit dialog box 3 Select the REPORT FILE tab and click the EDIT button to open the Cube Viewer screen R Cube Viewer File Cube Definition View Run Settings 4 Click the Run menu option to open the report parameters dialog box Es Company Statistic with Average Cube Report Parameters Export So View Start date 0 1 11 2011 5 Click the VIEw button to display the report 148 Reports Es Cube Viewer sales File Cube Definition View Run Settings t mr th 2011 11 Nov ZE Room Nights Gross Room Revenue Net Room Revenue Gross F amp amp B Revenue Net F amp amp B Revenue Gross Extra Revenue Net Extra Re Company European Central Bank Fiat Motor Company S A Fischer Export amp Import MICROS FIDELIO GmbH MICROS Fidelio GmbH Microsoft Corporation Schmidt Partner GmbH Display caption A hel F Gross Room Revenue Room Nights 000 keJ EF Net Room Revenue ke OF Gross FASB Revenue Value representation keJ UF Net FAB Revenue Value Cel ky UE Gross Extra Revenue EG Ed ky UF Net Extra Revenue keJ F Gross Total Revenue Filters ha E Net Total Revenue Filter by Map cells hd ZEF No Shows Enabled Min value keJ
284. t Card dbname table XCCS group lagCreditcard laViewCreditcardnumber tlogactivity lavalue 383 name lang View clear Credit dbname table XCCS group Card Number lagCreditcard laCreditcardDelete tlogactivity lavalue 384 name lang Credit Card Delete dbname table XCCS group lagCreditcard Room Status Change lAOOORoomNew tlogactivity lavalue 386 name lang New dbname table YRST group lagRoomStatus lAOOORoomUpdate tlogactivity lavalue 387 name lang Update dbname table YRST group lagRoomStatus lAOOORoomDelete tlogactivity lavalue 388 name lang Delete dbname table YRST group lagRoomStatus Appendix 297 Materials Control laOutletNew tlogactivity lavalue 409 name lang New Outlet dbname table YOUT group lagMaterialControl laOutletChgShortDesc tlogactivity lavalue 410 name lang Outlet Short dbname table YOUT group Description MaterialControl laOutletChgLongDesc tlogactivity lavalue 411 name lang Outlet Long dbname table YOUT group Description lagMaterialControl laMenultemCategoryNew tlogactivity lavalue 412 name lang New Manu dbname table YCMC group Item Category lagMaterialControl laMenultemCategoryChg tlogactivity lavalue 413 name lang Menu Item dbname table YCMC group LongDesc Category Long Description
285. t QUESTIONNAIRE The questionnaire screen is displayed 2 Click the New button The Questionnaire selection screen is displayed with a list of the available questionnaire forms Questionnaire 8 Questionnare Description E Inactive Guest Stay Questionnaire VIP Guests Enter the name of the questionnaire form in the DESCRIPTION box and click SEARCH 4 Select the required questionnaire from the list of available forms and click SELECT The selected questionnaire form is displayed The upper part of the form consists of non changeable details including the name of the questionnaire form the user who entered the form the date entered and last modified and the total points allocated to this questionnaire form The lower part of the form consists of the questionnaire questions Questionnaire 267 El Questionnaire Form Fm Description Guest Stay Questionnaire Total Points 0 A OK Entered by Supervisor Demonstration Entered Last modified Input Source Reservation ID A ms Name M Booking Name EE Guest Comment Accomodation Question How is the general impression of our hotel E Good E Normal C Not so good E Awful 7 Renovation needed Would you consider staying again in our hotel F Yes El Maybe El Mo never ever again Service General Question Did you find our service satisfying E Yes very friendly E Average E Never seen so unhappy and unfriendly employee
286. t the email or click CANCEL to exit the email report screen 6 Click CLOSE to exit the email log Email Log search criteria Fill in this field With this information Subject The text that was entered in subject of the email The email address to which the email was sent Select this option to include or exclude draft emails in the search Set by default to today s date but can be changed as required Set by default to one week later than today s date but can be GGE as reguired Successfully Select this option to view emails which were sent Select this option to view emails which were sent successfully Failed Select this option to view emails which were not sent successfully Logs 209 Translation Import log This option may be used to display the translation import log and is accessible via the option LOGS on the MISCELLANEOUS menu The translation import log details entries regarding the import of translation files during the night audit How to view the translation import log 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select LOGS The various types of logs available are listed User Log Error Log Email Log SMS Log Translation Import Log Application Error Log Phone Call Log 2 Select TRANSLATION IMPORT LOG The Translation import log screen is displayed The upper part of the screen lists the dates and times for which there is a log entry The lower part of the screen displays the log entries for th
287. table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity dbname table lagActivity WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group WACT group dbname table WACT group lag Task dbname table WACT group lagT ask dbname table WACT group lagT ask Appendix tlogactivity lavalue 187 name lang Task Communication laTaskCommunication laTaskRespEmployee laTaskAssignedEmployee tlogactivity lavalue 188 name lang Task Resp Employee tlogactivity lavalue 189 name lang Task Assigned Employee tlogactivity lavalue 190 name lang Task Type lal askPriority Overbooking tlogactivity
288. tart Time tlogactivity lavalue 252 name lang Function Space End Date tlogactivity lavalue 253 name lang Function Space End Time tlogactivity lavalue 254 name lang Function Space Dept Code dbname table YEVM group lagBookingEvents dbname table YEVM group lagBookingEvents dbname table YEVM group lagBookingEvents dbname table YEVM group lagBookingEvents dbname table YEVM group lagBookingEvents dbname table YEVM group lagBookingEvents lagBookingEvents lagBookingEvents lagBookingEvents lagBookingEvents dbname table YEVM group dbname table YEVM group dbname table YEVM group dbname table YEVM group dbname table YEVM group lagBookingEvents dbname table YEVM group lagBookingEvents dbname table YEVM group lagBookingEvents dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpaces dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpaces dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpaces dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpaces dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpaces dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpaces dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpaces dbname table YEBS group lagEventFunctionSpac
289. te Binary Report els kiss 1 ODO E Cancel 5 In the REPORT NAME box enter the name of the report 6 Click OK the Report Edit dialog box is displayed with the Report File tab selected and the report DESCRIPTION completed 113 114 Es Report Edit bo la 23 Report Report File Y OK Description e Import Confirmation Letter edt e Export Feature Parameters Properties Name E Mi Delete Caption Data type v tr Down Translation Report have to be saved first LO cance 7 Click the EDIT button The Internal Editor screen is displayed 8 Create the report template using the internal editor functionality or 9 Select OPEN on the FILE menu and locate the directory with the required report file 10 Select the report file RTF and click OPEN The report file is imported and displayed in the Internal Editor 11 Click SAVE on the FILE menu to save the document 12 Click CLOSE on the FILE menu to exit the internal editor screen The Report Edit dialog box is displayed with the Report File tab selected and the parameter information completed Reports Es Report Edit se Report Report File Description p Import Confirmation Letter Fm Feature Name Y Description E i Parameters Properties CONF_ADDRGREET CONF_ADDRGREET a Name CONF ADDRGREET CONF_CO
290. ted in the database but are not listed as a report on the main screen until attached to a report How to edit a crystal report 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed Click the REPORT FILES button to display the Report Configuration dialog box Search for and locate the Crystal report to be edited Crystal reports are listed with a DESCRIPTION and a REPORT NAME 4 Click the EDIT button The Report Configuration Edit dialog box is displayed 5 Click the EDIT REPORT button to display the report in Crystal Reports Designer Note Crystal reports can only be edited if Crystal Report Designer is installed Complete any changes necessary Click SAVE on the FILE menu to save the report Click EXIT on the FILE menu to close Crystal Report Designer PT Click OK to close the Report Configuration Edit dialog box 10 Click CLOSE to close the Report Configuration screen Reports How to import a Crystal Report 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed mail_StandardList RTF Bonus Card Bonus Card Second Side rpt Bonus Card Second Side rpt BonusCardPrintExample rpt BonusCardPrintExample rpt BonusPointstatementexample Booker Statistic by Company with Email of booker Booker Statistic by Company with Email of booker 1 Booker Statistic by Company with Email of booker 2 Booking
291. teria can be used to search for a specific EXTENSION TYPE or ROOM NUMBER 4 Select the option SET RIGHTS FOR MULTIPLE ROOMS Several additional filter criteria are displayed Room s Message Light Do not Disturb Sa 5 In the Room s box type the room numbers for which you want to set guest rights or click the drop down arrow and mark the rooms required You can set the guest rights of several rooms by separating them with a comma or a space or Select to enter a range of rooms and enter the room number from which the range should start and the room number where the range should finish Depending on the type of interface selected the following criteria are available Class of Service Message Light Do not Disturb Interface Functions 207 TV Tights Video Rights Minibar Rights 6 Complete the filter criteria as required and click the SET FOR ALL Rooms button A confirmation message is displayed Confirmation Are you Sure to set the Guest Rights for all rooms ss 8 Click YES to set the guest rights for all the selected rooms A message is displayed confirming that the guest rights have been set for all rooms Fidelio Suite 8 Ea Guest Rights are set for all rooms OK 9 Click the OK button to close the confirmation message The status of the selected rooms is updated in the rooms grid 10 Click the CLOSE button to exit the set guest rights screen This option is also avail
292. the Miscellaneous menu All installed interfaces that have a sub menu for rights configuration of rooms or extensions are listed here These are typically telephone video and building management systems POS systems are not shown under this option as they do not have sub menus 204 Interface Functions There are four fixed TV rights 0 TV rights 1 No Pay movies 2 No Adult movies s 3 Unlimited pay channels default Some video systems have the functionality to assign different prices for Pay TV based on the interface rights For example the video system can be set so that the price is set to zero if the rights level VIP For those systems additional rights can be configured via the options ATTRIBUTE CATEGORIES and MARKETING INFO The aTTRIBUTE CATEGORY offers additional functionality to copy the defined rights from the sub menu to the reservation page How to view guest rights 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select INTERFACE FUNCTIONS The available interface options are displayed Guest Rights Wake Up Group Wake Up Key i Telephone Booth Interface Posting History 2 Select GUEST RIGHTS the Active interface screen is displayed El Active interface list for Room equipment lo FIAS DID Test k Select PayTV Prodac PPC Sauter test for Scheduler 3 Select the required interface and click the SELECT button The functions screen for the selected interface is displayed Interface Functions 205 ES
293. the option QUESTIONNAIRE on the MISCELLANEOUS menu Questionnaire forms can be entered per reservation or per profile This option is parameter controlled The following reports are supplied with Suites FCR_CRM_2450 rpt lists all entered surveys FCR_CRM_2450_Question_Template rpt details the guest questionnaire How to view and edit a questionnaire form 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select QUESTIONNAIRE The questionnaire screen is displayed The upper part of the screen consists of multiple search criteria You may fill in multiple fields to narrow the search criteria The actual query is displayed in a script format in a window on the right hand side of the screen The lower part of the screen displays the search results in grid format Date from de Misaad deer Points between O and 0 se Questionnaire iad Show Inactive Reservation mm Profile me Booking m Profile Name Date Points inputsource New EA Edit Delete Enter the date range to search for in the DATE FRom and To fields 2 3 Enterthe range of points to search for in the POINTS BETWEEN AND fields 4 Select the required QUESTIONNAIRE from the list of defined guestionnaires 5 Select the SHow INACTIVE option to include inactive guestionnaires 6 In the RESERVATION box click the e5 button to display a list of all the currently checked in reservations 7 In the PROFILE box enter the name or click the e5 b
294. tings tab for applying a HTML file and HTML ID field Click Close button and apply the changes for returning to the custom SQL view dialog box Custom SQL view Custom SQL view functionality is controlled by the user right Custom SQL VIEW under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Miscellaneous The launching of a mailing from the Custom SQL view is controlled by the user right SELECT under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Mailing Custom SQL Defaults for Mailings are configured on the PRoFILE 1 TAB under Setup Configuration Global Settings Profile and apply to mailings from both the MAILING option on the Customer Relationship menu and from the Custom SQL VIEW option on the Miscellaneous menu Custom SQL view 275 22 Vacation Sharing Vacation Sharing This option may be used to enter and edit Vacation Sharing contracts The Vacation Sharing Module serves the requirements of Resort Hotels dealing with timesharing guests The Vacation Sharing contract search navigator is accessible via the option VACATION SHARING on the MISCELLANEOUS menu Vacation Sharing contracts can be entered per profile On the upper part of the Vacation Sharing search navigator several search filters can be entered which can be extended by pressing More Filter button On the right panel multiple options are available such as New Edit and Grid Columns Selecting Grid Colu
295. to 30 characters of text Image Type Defines if the image is a web picture Select from list box mobile device picture a thumbnail or a full picture Web enabled Defines if the picture is available to Check YES display on the Suite8 homepage Blank NO Linked Pic Used to link a picture A Note When using Suite8 homepage linked pictures are automatically downloaded to the Web Server via XML interface The download happens when new pictures are added or if a picture is changed Note A new event can also be entered by selecting CALENDAR from the CUSTOMER RELATION menu 182 Calendar Events Linking Participants to a Calendar Event Customer profiles can be linked to a calendar event and displayed along with the calendar event on the report FCR_PMS_3906_CALENDAR_EVENTS rpt How to link profiles to a calendar event 1 Select the PROFILE tab Bi Calender Event Event Web Pictures Participants Projected Number of Attendees El add Actual Number of Attendees r dit Profile IM IM 1 Ticket Price cr rm mm IT Im ll gt 2 Notes 2 The PROJECTED NUMBER OF ATTENDEES is read only details are taken from the Event tab 3 The ACTUAL NUMBER OF ATTENDEES is read only and is completed based on the number of linked profiles 4 Click ADD the Participant Details dialog box is displayed R Participant Details Profile No of Persons Ticket Price Notes Calendar Events 183 2 n Use
296. to continue The export is run and a message is displayed when the export is finished Export started at 09 11 11 9 47 39 AM Exporting Police Export into file c jtempiPoliceExportExample20111105 xm1l Export finished at 09 11 11 9 47 45 AM 5 Click OK to close the message 6 Click CLOSE to exit the exports screen Export Export Export Procedures List Displays this The name for the back office export Automatic An x indicates that the export is marked to run automatically during night audit File name The path and file name of the export such as C TEMP RV lt hoteldate 001 yymmdd or C 1TEMPANAX hoteldate 001 yymmdd Batch file name The name and location of the batch file such as C temp NA lt batchdate dateformat Append An x indicates that the export is marked for append When Defines if the export is on a daily or last day of month basis After date An x indicates that the custom export is executed after the change date change and is not part of the night audit transaction Delete after Defines if files are deleted after they have been moved into the moved to batch batch Last export details This Column Displays this PC time The date and time on the workstation where the last export ran The user who started the export routine Workstation The name of the workstation where the last export ran Automatic An x indicates that the export was run during night audit Fidelio date The Suite
297. to save the report 9 Click EXIT on the FILE menu to close Crystal Report Designer 10 Click OK to save the changes and exit the Report Edit screen How to edit an internal editor report 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed 2 Search for and locate the report to be edited Click the EDIT button The Report Edit screen is displayed divided into two sections each one represented by a tab Report opened by default this displays general report information Report File displays information about the report parameters Hs Report Edit EEE KSH ss Report Report File Report information ET t Translated Description Confirmation Company English ED Last printed 12 12 11 6 06 22 PM kal Number of printouts 9 2 Import Description Confirmation Company English ED Average duration seconds 0 Report name FCR_PMS_8550_CONF_501_ENG RTF v a Search 12 12 11 6 06 22 PM Demonstration St 12 12 11 6 06 22 PM Demonstration St Number of copies on primary printer 1 16 11 11 6 52 06 PM Demonstration St 16 11 11 6 52 06 PM Demonstration St Number of copies on secondary printer 0 07 11 11 9 47 01 AM Demonstration Si 07 11 11 9 47 01 AM Demonstration St Night audit options None y 07 11 11 9 46 53 AM Demonstration St 07 11 11 9 46 53 AM Demonstration Si 03 10 11 9 25 23 PM Demonstration St Language selection on run Secu
298. to view interface posting history 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select INTERFACE FUNCTIONS 2 Select INTERFACE POSTING HISTORY from the Interface Functions menu The Active interface list for Interface Posting functions screen is displayed R Active interface list for Interface Posting fu o Micros 9700 PayTV Prodac PPC 3 Select the required interface and click the SELECT button The History screen for the selected interface is displayed Interface Functions 221 222 E Telephone Call History FLAS DID Test Extension Number 2 From Date 20 12 2011 2 To Date 20 12 20 11 E Exdude Mini bar postings 4 Indude all partially matching room numbers 4 Complete the search criteria as required The FROM AND To DATES default to today s date but can be changed as required A specific Room NUMBER or EXTENSION TYPE can be entered Minibar postings are included by default but can be excluded if required The search can be on full or partially matching room numbers Postings from checked out financial accounts can also be displayed 5 Click the REFRESH button to update the screen 6 Click the CLOSE button to exit the call history screen Notify Night Audit Actions This option may be used to send manual notifications to the interface to start and end the night audit and is accessible via the option INTERFACE FUNCTIONS on the Miscellaneous menu This can be used if the nightly routine has not been notifie
299. tter account http bit ly URL Shortcut redirecting to Suite8 home page bookings www facebook com Facebook account 192 Calendar Events 7 Change Password This option enables users to change their login password and is accessible via the option CHANGE PASSWORD on the MISCELLANEOUS menu How to change the login password 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select CHANGE PASSWORD The Change Password dialog box is displayed Es Change Password cae C ES Oded TO Wed Mew Password Confirm Password G Cancel 2 Enter your OLD PASSWORD 3 Enter your New PASSWORD 4 Enter your new password a second time in the CONFIRM PASSWORD box 5 Click OK Your password is now changed Note If the user password entered does not meet Payment Card Industry Standards requirements then the following message is displayed Password requirements are not met Please use a different password The minimum length of a password is controlled by the parameter MINIMUM LENGTH OF PASSWORD under Setup Configuration Global Settings Generic Generic 3 tab That a password has to contain both numeric and alphanumeric characters is controlled by the parameter Psw MUST INCLUDE NUMB amp ALPHA under Setup Configuration Global Settings Generic Generic 3 tab The level of history for a password controlled by the parameter PASSWORD HISTORY DEEPNESS under Setup Configuration Global Sett
300. ty lavalue 107 name lang Billing Instruction dbname table YBOM group Type Payment lagBookingBl llaChgBlBookingCompany tlogactivity lavalue 108 name lang Billing Instruction dbname table YBOM group Name Company Name lagBookingBI laChgBIBookingContact tlogactivity lavalue 109 name lang Billing Instruction dbname table YBOM group Name Contact lagBookingBl laChgBlBookingAddress tlogactivity lavalue 110 name lang Billing Instruction dbname table YBOM group Address lagBookingB laChgBIBookingNotes tlogactivity lavalue 334 name lang Billing Instruction dbname table YBOM group Notes lagBookingB Bookings Deposits laBookingDeposit tlogactivity lavalue 299 name lang Booking dbname table YBOM group Deposit New lagBookingDeposits laBookingDepositDelete tlogactivity lavalue 301 name lang Booking dbname table YBOM group Deposit Delete lagBookingDeposits laBookingDepositConfAmount tlogactivity lavalue 337 name lang Booking dbname table YBOM group Deposit Conference Amount Due lagBookingDeposits laBookingDepositConfDueDate tlogactivity lavalue 302 name lang Booking dbname table YBOM group Deposit Conference Due Date lagBookingDeposits laBookingDepositConfPercent tlogactivity lavalue 303 name lang Booking dbname table YBOM group De
301. udit The lower section displays for the date selected all the questions asked during the night audit run and the response from the user 250 Logs ES Night Audit log Time fFidelodate user Workstation 04 12 11 3 15 25 PM 04 12 11 3 13 33 PM 04 12 11 3 11 11 PM 01 12 11 4 39 30 PM 01 12 11 4 36 50 PM 01 12 11 3 47 40 PM 01 12 11 3 43 52 PM 01 12 11 3 42 16 PM 01 12 11 3 41 34 PM 23 11 11 10 28 57 AM 23 11 11 10 27 57 AM 22 11 11 9 06 12 AM 13 10 11 13 10 11 13 10 11 05 11 11 05 11 11 04 11 11 04 11 11 04 11 11 04 11 11 12 10 11 12 10 11 11 10 11 Demonstration 0 Super Demonstration 0 Super Demonstration 0 Super Demonstration 0 Super Demonstration 0 Super Demonstration 0 Super Demonstration 0 Super Demonstration 0 Super Demonstration 0 Super Demonstration 0 Super Demonstration 0 Super Demonstration 0 Super DE B MB 10 007 DE B 4B 10 007 DE B NB 10 007 DE B NB 10 007 DE B NB 10 007 DE 6 NB 10 007 DE 8 46 10 007 DE B NB 10 007 DE B 4B 10 007 DE B NB 10 007 DE B NB 10 007 DE 6 NB 10 007 4 Question Are you sure you want to run Night Audit for 5 14 2010 7 5 2010 3 11 38 PM User answer yes 7 5 2010 3 11 40 PM Start 7 5 2010 3 11 40 PM Question EFT system is currently off line No Additional Authorization will be executed 7 5 2010 3 11 40 PM User answer yes 7 5 2010 3 11 41 PM q _ _ nnn nnn nnn nnn aa 3 11 41 PM Checking f
302. uest h Block Reservations 22 Group Reservations Bookings Q History as Guest Q History as Multiguest 0 HTML View Name VIP Code Address Communication Email Business Direct raceti worldwide com Notes 534 N Tallyrand Street Guest Recognition Aceti Ralph Mr 9 VIP 1 534 N Tallyrand Street 76206 Wichita TX Wichita BIL Always fax and phone charges to a separate invoice a c AVAYA USA raceti woridwid Statistics Room Nights 11 Adult Nights 19 Stays 2 Revenue 1785 45 EUR POS Revenue Me 1800 Edit Profile io 18 1 D im i A A a A ig J te IE B E KI 4 The guery results are shown in grid format in the middle section of the screen and the tree and HTML formats are shown in the lower section of the screen E m Aceti E M Profile Details Task Ty Notes E Q Reservations as Guest pa A Block Reservations a 2p Group Reservations Bookings Q History as Guest Q History as Multiguest 0 HTML View Name VIP Code Address Communication Email Business Direct raceti worldwide com Notes Guest Recognition Aceti Ralph Mr 9 VIP 1 534 N Tallyrand Street 76206 Wichita TX BIL Always fax and phone charges to a separate invoice a c AVAYA Statistics Room Nights 11 Adult Nights 19 Stays 2 Revenue gt 1785 45 EUR POS Revenue R E Big List L 5 In this instance the HTML view displays a summary of the
303. uggage screen Luggage EDIT to edit an existing luggage detail this option is parameter controlled PRINT to print the luggage detail depending on the configuration it may not be possible to reprint luggage details PICK UP to mark the luggage detail as picked up DELIVERED to mark the luggage detail as delivered LOCATION to change the location of the luggage DELETE to delete the selected luggage detail depending on the configuration it may not be possible to delete printed and or not printed details 239 REFRESH to update the current display LOG to display the luggage user log Luggage label functionality is controlled by the parameter LUGGAGE LABEL FUNCTIONALITY under Setup Configuration Global Settings Reservation Luggage 5 tab All the luggage label configuration options are displayed when the option is activated Luggage locations are defined via the option LUGGAGE LOCATION under Setup Configuration Reservations Printer setup for luggage label In our example we are using an EPSON TM U300B printer and printer driver Tdr16le exe Check with your local support office or download this file from the EPSON Home page This executable will install all drivers into a temporary folder How to configure an EPSON printer for luggage label printing 1 Install the printer from the Windows Printer Setup make sure you use the correct drivers from the temporary folder
304. uired report file from the drop down list The Report File dialog box is displayed with the report description and parameters completed Reports 61 Report File Description FCR_PMS_8550_CONF_501_ENG RTF Parameters Properties CONF_WLAN_ID CONF WLAN ID Name CONF WLAN ID y M Delete CONF YRES ID Caption CONF_WLAN_ID CONF_YGRP_ID CONF_XCOM_ID CONF_XCMS_ID CONF_CONTACT_XCMS_ID CONF_XADR_ID SP_PRINTUSER SP_LETTERUSER SP_HOTELWEB SP_HOTELTELEFON SP_HOTELFAX SP_HOTELEMAIL SP_HOTELZIPCODE SP_HOTELNAME SP_HOTELCOUNTRY SP_HOTELCITY SP_HOTELADDRESS SP_REPORT_LANGUAGE SP_LANGID SP_USER_ID CONF_GREETINGTYPE CONF ADDRGREET CONF_LETTGREET 6 Click OK to save the report and close the Report Edit dialog box The report is now listed on the main reports screen How to create a new internal editor report file or import from a network or local path 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORTS or press CTRL SHIFT R The Reports screen is displayed 2 In the report tree on the left hand side of the screen select the report section the Internal Editor Report template is to be created in The SOURCE TYPE of the section must be defined as TEXT FORMAT TEMPLATE 3 Click the New button to display the Report Edit dialog box Reports Report Report File Number of copies on primary printer
305. ulation and fast access to statistics Additional functionality is given for grouping sorting and changing the display of columns and values The printer setup for report procedures is defined via the option PROCEDURE REPORT PRINTER SETUP under Setup Configuration Global Settings Reports Reports tab Company Statistic This option is used to produce statistics for all or for a specific company agent or source profile and is accessible via the option REPORT PROCEDURES on the Miscellaneous menu The report can be calculated for a specific time period by selected country by zip code range and by a minimum revenue amount Statistics displayed include room nights average room rate various categories of revenues and revenues per person day use arrivals cancellations and no show reservations How to run the company statistics report procedure 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select REPORT PROCEDURES The available report procedures are displayed 2 Select COMPANY STATISTIC The Company Statistic screen is displayed divided into two sections Date Profile Parameter and Filter criteria are entered on the left hand side The calculations to be included in the report are selected on the right hand side Report Procedures 161 E Company Statistic Ed Period Room Nights Erom Date lo 1 11 2011 id To Date lo5 11 20 11 Average Room Rate Bie Deselect all Room Revenue Bk Company
306. umber Concat copy PM_YRES_ID 1 10 copy FOLIONUMBER 1 9 Star Codes used in Versions 6 and 7 The following table lists the star codes which were used in the text editor in versions 6 and 7 and the equivalent field code which is used by in internal editor in Suites ENTERED BY USERNAME 000 SC RGUESTNAMESGREET gt 0 Cd STAYCOSTRATES RS TAYCOSTFIXCHARGES gt 0 Reports 129 k 30 A etoukmv sees country sos country aes SS aswe SS RRATECODELINO gt 00 i PREETEXT gt VZ lt DEPOSIT_PAID_DATE gt Reports E lt ARRIVALTIME gt ZI lt ROOMNUMBER gt Crystal and Internal Editor Functions Suite8 functions are available when writing with Crystal Reports or using the Internal Editor functionality In order to use the functions the FidelioCrystalFunctions dll file has to reside in the Suite 8 Program directory These functions are available in Crystal Reports when inserting a field under Crystal Syntax Additional Functions Internal Editor under Functions Crystal and Internal Editor Functions Crystal Function Internal Editor Function FidelioGetGlobalSettings GlobalSettings Reports FidelioGetDeCry ptMaskCCNum DeCryptMaskCCNumber string Explanation of functions with examples FidelioGetGlobalSettings Name DatabaseParameters This function is used to retrieve entries from Global Settings in a Crystal Report or on the Internal Editor Example To retrieve information from the Global
307. unt 1 Room Revenue DESCRIPTION FROM WNUM WHERE WANUM_ VALUE IN 0 1 ORDER BY WNUM_VALUE Translation Description Room Rev Zimmerumsa N EEN Click the REPORT tab Select the parameter name TYPE and select a DEFAULT VALUE from the drop down list 9 Select the parameter name ROOMREVONLY and select a DEFAULT VALUE from the drop down list 10 Click OK to save and exit the Report Edit screen Simple Commission Report Example The simple commission report can be run by agent source or company The agent source or company name is displayed followed by a list of all reservations linked to the agent source or company with the confirmation number name arrival date departure date number of nights room number commission percentage and commission amount Below the detailed listing a summary of the total commissionable amount total commission and room nights by agent source or company name is displayed The standard report for simple commission is called FCR_PMS_4589_SIMPLE_COMMISS RPT and is based on the statistic file SHIS Reports 103 Micros Fidelio DemoProgram Simple Commission Report COMMISS from 31 10 11 to 01 10 11 on Room Rev only Page ia Pre Type Travel Agent Printed on 14012011 19715 Demaorciraiion Supanisar Apex Travel 170 West Tasman 55124 San Jose Cont Ha Guasinama He Amtval 1771 Fischer Franz 141911 Total tor Apex Travel Parameter Name Room Rey Rate Amen
308. up lagBookingCancels dbname table YBOM group lagBookingCancels dbname table YBOM group lagBookingCancels dbname table YBOM group lagBookingCancels dbname table YBOM group lagBookingCancels dbname table YBOM group lagBookingCancels dbname table YBOM group lagBookingCancels dbname table YPKD group lagConferencePackage dbname table YPKD group lagConferencePackage dbname table YPKD group lagConferencePackage dbname table YPKD group lagConferencePackage dbname table YPKD group lagConferencePackage dbname table YPKD group lagConferencePackage dbname table YPKD group lagConferencePackage dbname table YPKD group lagConferencePackage dbname table YPKD group lagConferencePackage dbname table YEVM group lagBookingEvents dbname table YEVM group lagBookingEvents dbname table YEVM group lagBookingEvents dbname table YEVM group lagBookingEvents dbname table YEVM group lagBookingEvents dbname table YEVM group lagBookingEvents 289 290 tlogactivity lavalue 117 name lang Event Min Guarantee tlogactivity lavalue 118 name lang Event Start Date tlogactivity lavalue 119 name lang Ev
309. up call is placed are listed in the right hand side of the screen 11 Click Exit to close the Group Wakeup dialog box 212 Interface Functions Group Wakeup dialog box Field emite Rooms Ext Number The specific rooms for which a wake up call is to be set Wakeup Date The date the wake up call is to be placed Wakeup Time The time of the wake up call Note Not all telephone systems can support group wake up calls Wake up call functionality requires that a valid license code is entered for WAKEUP CALL HANDLING under Setup Miscellaneous License V8 sublicenses gt Interface functions Key This option is available if a key card system is installed and is accessible via the option INTERFACE FUNCTIONS on the Miscellaneous menu Depending on the functionality of the installed key card system it is possible to MAKE KEY to make a new key or duplicate an existing key DELETE KEY to delete a key MAKE KEYS PRIOR TO CHECK IN to print keys and assign key rights for expected reservations with a room number assigned GROUP PRE CHECK IN KEYS to print keys and assign key rights for all group members that have a room number assigned but have not yet arrived READ KEY to read keys that were printed currently this functionality is only supported by the VingCard key card system How to make a new key or duplicate a key 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and select INTERFACE FUNCTIONS 2 Select KEY a
310. user right START WHEN NOT ALL DUE OUTS ARE CHECKED OUT under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Night Audit The cashier number used by the night audit is defined via the option NIGHT AUDIT CASHIER NUMBER under Setup Configuration Global Settings Night Audit Night Audit tab A mandatory country code for all in house guest profiles is controlled by the parameter COUNTRY CODE MANDATORY FOR IN HOUSE GUEST under Setup Configuration Global Settings Night Audit Night Audit tab With this parameter active the night audit can not continue until all the missing country codes have been entered A mandatory state code for all in house guest profiles is controlled by the parameter STATE CODE MANDATORY FOR IN HOUSE GUEST under Setup Configuration Global Settings Night Audit Night Audit tab With this parameter active the night audit can not continue until all the missing state codes have been entered The location for exported night audit reports is defined via the option REPORT STORAGE PATH under Setup Configuration Global Settings Night Audit Night Audit tab The sound file to be played when the night audit is finished is defined via the option SOUND FILE TO BE PLAYED WHEN NIGHT AUDIT FINISHED under Setup Configuration Global Settings Night Audit Night Audit tab Night Audit 27 28 Running Night Audit Before starting th
311. ust tlogactivity lavalue 358 name lang AR Invoice AINV group Adjustment llaARInvoiceP ay tlogactivity lavalue 359 name lang AR Invoice Payment gt table AINV group laARInvoiceApplyCredit tlogactivity lavalue 359 name lang AR Apply Credit AINV group laARInvoiceApplyDebit tlogactivity lavalue 461 name lang AR Apply Debit table AINV group laARInvoiceTransfer tlogactivity lavalue 360 name lang AR Invoice Transfer table AINV group laARInvoiceCompress tlogactivity lavalue 361 name lang AR Invoice table AINV group Compression laARInvoiceApplyCredit tlogactivity lavalue 434 name lang AR Apply Credit AINV group Selectively Selectively laARInvoiceApplyCredit tlogactivity lavalue 435 name lang AR Apply Credit To table AINV group ToMarked Marked Charges laARInvoiceApplyCredit tlogactivity lavalue 436 name lang AR Apply Credit To AINV group ToOldest Oldest Charges laARInvoice UNCompress tlogactivity lavalue 446 name lang AR Invoice table AINV group Uncompress 296 Appendix laARInvoiceUNCompress2 tlogactivity lavalue 447 name lang AR Invoice dbname table ACMP group Uncompress lagAR Maintenance laMaintenanceresolve tlogactivity lavalue 370 name dbname table WACT group lang Resolved lagMaintenance
312. utton to display the Profile search screen 8 In the BOOKING box enter the name or click the lese button to display the Booking Master search screen 9 Click the SEARCH button Questionnaire 265 266 All questionnaires which meet the entered search criteria are displayed 10 Select the required questionnaire and click the EDIT button the questionnaire form is displayed El Questionnaire Form Description Guest Stay Questionnaire Entered by Supervisor Demonstration Entered 21 10 11 11 55 45 AM Last modified 28 11 11 6 47 01 AM Input Source Reservation ID 1299 Room number 102 Name Branston Richard Fill Gut Date 28 11 2011 Booking Name Guest Comment Accomodation Question How is the general impression of our hotel Good Normal Not so good E Awful Renovation needed Question Would you consider staying again in our hotel Yes 4 Maybe E No never ever again EJ 7 e ag Service General Question Did you find our service satisfying E Yes very friendly Average E Never seen so unhappy and unfriendly employees Question Which facilities of the hotel did you use Wellness 2 Pool only E Golf Course E Tennis Course E Restaurant 11 Make any changes necessary Total Points ea Es 260 12 Click OK to save the changes or click CANCEL to exit without saving the changes How to enter a questionnaire form 1 Click the MISCELLANEOUS menu and selec
313. vations with no room for today Night audit can not continue 4 Click OK the following message is displayed Night Audit 35 36 Confirmation Do you want to see checked in reservations with no room for today Click Yes to display a list of checked in reservations with no room for today Clicking No displays the following message Fidelio Suite 8 Might Audit can not be continued because of checked in reservations that have no room assigned for today Click OK to close the message the night audit is stopped Rooms must be assigned before the night audit can be re started If an EFT system is active then a message is displayed if the system is currently off line Confirmation EFT system is currently off line No Additional Authorization will be executed Are you sure you want to continue with Night Audit Click Yes to continue with the night audit clicking No will stop the night audit If there are guests who have been checked out without closing the folio and the room now has the status vacant then the following message is displayed Fidelio Suite 8 Might Audit can not be continued because of checked out quests with not closed folio OK Click OK to close the message the night audit is stopped The folios must be settled and checked out before the night audit can be re started If there are expected reservations with pre billing postings that are not yet checked in then the following
314. wing expression can be used to hide for example Conference Information on the HTM file when working with the small business edition if const isBnB 1 lt if else if feature Meeting Planner Conference runquery 2 Customization functionality is controlled by the user right HTML source view and edit under Setup Configuration Users User Definition Rights Miscellaneous The print page margins and the actions to take if the HTML printout is too large for the defined paper size are defined via the option HTML PRINTOUT under Setup Configuration Global Settings Miscellaneous Visual Appearance 4 Favourites The Favourites shortcut toolbar allows you to keep your most frequently used options right where you can find them Your most used options can be added to the Favourites shortcut toolbar where they are more noticeable and more easily organized to suit your purposes To make the most of the Favourites shortcut toolbar you need to organize the options in it this can be done using drag and drop In user settings the Favourites shortcut toolbar can be set to be listed first and will then be the default shortcut toolbar opened when logging on to Fidelio Note The Favourites shortcut toolbar cannot be removed from the toolbar How to add an option to the Favourites shortcut bar 1 Click one of the coloured shortcut toolbars on the left to list the options on that toolbar 2 Right click t
315. y 66 name lang Booking Arrival 67 name lang Booking Departure 68 name lang Booking Late 69 name lang Booking Category 70 name lang Booking Rooms 71 name lang Booking Account 72 name lang Booking Main 73 name lang Booking Market 87 name lang Booking Source 76 name lang Booking 77 name lang Booking 78 name lang Booking Conference No of Attendees tlogactivity lavalue 79 name lang Booking Conference Decision Date dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking dbname table lagBooking YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM group YBOM
316. y Definition Query alias Revenue Expected SELECT YPOS YPOS_DATE SUM YPOS YPOS_QUANTITY YPOS YPOS_ UNITPRICE REVENUE FROM YPOS WHERE YPOS YPOS_YRES_ID CON GROUP BY YPOS YPOS_DATE 3 Click NEw to display the new Query Alias dialog box E Query Alas cies Query 4 Enter a unique ALIAS NAME Enter a valid QUERY all available parameters can be used In addition to the hard coded parameters results from other queries can be used Example of how to use the result of a reservation id Reports 121 122 YPOS YPOS_ DATE SUM YPOS YPOS QUANTITY YPOS YPOS UNITPRICE REVENUE Down FROM YPOS YPOS YPOS_YRES_ID ORES RESERVATION ID GROUP BY YPOS YPOS DATE 6 Click OK to save the query 7 Click CLOSE to close the query definition dialog box Grouping Text Forms and reports can be grouped into header body and footer text It is also possible to define specific groups to for example suppress fields from a report How to group text 1 2 Create a new report or open an existing report in the Internal Editor Click the DESIGNER menu and select GROUPS The Group sub menu is displayed Group Start Group End Header Text Footer Select the required group each group is indicated by a bar in a different colour Gro up The properties for the group are displayed in the section GROUP OPTIONS on lower right hand side of the screen and can be changed as require
317. y users who are familiar with the table structure of Suite8 and are experienced in SQL language Custom SQL Statements are configured from the Setup drop down menu under Miscellaneous System Maintenance Custom SQL statements When selecting Configuration from the SQL view option all custom SQL statements with the role Custom SQL are available New custom SQL Statements defined from here are automatically assigned to this role BEE MG slee SOL Questionnaire Analyze Ei Clear El Auto refresh QUESTIONGROUP EF Columns e QUESTIONTEXT AAA amp Export y ANSWERTEXT ANSWERVALUE MAILING_XCMS_ID EE El QUESTIONGROUP Accomodation f EXBAN E QUESTIONTEST How is the general impression of our hotel L Collapse 100 09 06 11 10 13 44 AM 2569 2209 Renovation needed 0 07 06 11 3 58 19 PM 1227 1273 Good 100 08 06 11 3 20 52 PM 1092 1092 Good 100 21 06 11 5 53 57 PM 1047 1047 T Mailing Normal 50 21 06 11 10 55 00 AM 1092 1092 Good 100 22 05 11 11 55 45 AM 1314 1314 Renovation needed o 22 05 11 12 02 09 PM 1076 1076 Good 100 22 05 11 12 02 33 PM 1089 1089 Good 100 14 06 11 4 37 26 PM 1092 1092 El QUESTIONTEXT Would you consider staying again in our hotel El QUESTIONGROUP Service General El Group count Records 53 Guest Recognition Statistics Name Apfa Klaus Herr Dr 2 Room Nights 3 2 Address Meurekenlaan 2 Adult Mights 2 5060 Zwolle Stays 1 Netherlands Antilles Revenue 2 427 GO EUR Communication P
318. ystal Report file RPT stored in the database Relative path sub The sub directory on which the Crystal report file is stored directory on the network or local path Feature Defines if a report should be listed subject to licence code Reports will not be displayed if the license of the selected feature is not active If all reports are not valid the section is suppressed This option is displayed only in debug mode Report Parameter The name of the report parameter as defined on the Crystal Name Report The display order can be customized with the red up and down arrows See Standard Parameters Parameter The caption displayed on the report dialog box for the Description selected parameter Parameter properties Caption Defines the name of the field to be displayed on the report dialog box when running the report Data type Displays the data type of the field used for the selected parameter Mandatory Defines that the report can not run until the parameter is filled with a value This option must be selected for all folio templates used in the property Value field Defines if the selected field is a multiple choice field on the report execute print dialog box Show field 1 Defines which field should be shown on the report execute print dialog box in the multi selection box as the first field for example the short description Show field 2 Defines which field should be shown on the report execute print dialog box in the multi se

Oracle® Hospitality Suite8

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Oracle&reg; Hospitality Suite8

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Oracle® Hospitality Suite8